As you read this manual, you will find Information that is preceded You will find this important

tant safety information in a variety of forms,

by a symbol NOTICE . This information is intended to help you avoid including:
damage to your vehicle, other property, or the environment.
Ծ Safety Labels - on the vehicle.
Symbols on labels attached to your vehicle are to remind Ծ Safety Messages - preceded by a safety alert symbol 3 and
you to read this owner’s manual for proper and safe operation of one of three signal words: DANGER, WARNING, or CAUTION.
your vehicle. These signal words mean:

is colour-coded to indicate “danger” (red), “warning” You WILL be KILLED or SERIOUSLY HURT if
3DANGER
(orange), or “caution” (amber). you don't follow instructions.
2 Safety Labels P. 85
You CAN be KILLED or SERIOUSLY HURT if
3WARNING
you don't follow instructions.
A Few Words About Safety You CAN be HURT if you don't follow
3CAUTION
instructions.
Your safety, and the safety of others, is very important. And
operating this vehicle safely is an important responsibility. Ծ Safety Headings - such as Important Safety Precautions.
Ծ Safety Section - such as Safe Driving.
To help you make informed decisions about safety, we have Ծ Instructions - how to use this vehicle correctly and safely.
provided operating procedures and other information on labels and
in this manual. This information alerts you to potential hazards that This entire book is filled with important safety information - please
could hurt you or others. read it carefully.

Of course, it is not practical or possible to warn you about all the

hazards associated with operating or maintaining your vehicle. You
must use your own good judgement.
Event Data Recorders Service Diagnostic Recorders
Your vehicle is equipped with several devices commonly referred to Your vehicle is equipped with service-related devices that record
as Event Data Recorders. They record various types of real time information about powertrain performance and driving conditions.
vehicle data such as SRS airbag deployment and SRS system The data can be used to help technicians diagnose, repair and
components failure. maintain the vehicle. This data may not be accessed by anyone else
This data belongs to the vehicle owner and may not be accessed by except as legally required or with the permission of the vehicle
anyone else except as legally required or with the permission of the owner.
vehicle owner. However this data may be accessed by Honda, its authorised
However this data may be accessed by Honda, its authorised dealers and authorised repairers, employees, representatives and
dealers and authorised repairers, employees, representatives and contractors only for the purpose of the technical diagnosis,
contractors only for the purpose of the technical diagnosis, research and development of the vehicle.
research and development of the vehicle.
Contents

This owner’s manual should be considered a permanent part of the 2 Safe Driving P. 27
vehicle and should remain with the vehicle when it is sold. For Safe Driving P. 28 Seat Belts P. 33 Airbags P. 44

2 Instrument Panel P. 87
This owner’s manual covers all models of your vehicle. You may find
Indicators P. 88 Gauges and Displays P. 104
descriptions of equipment and features that are not on your
particular model. 2 Controls P. 123
Clock P. 124 Locking and Unlocking the Doors P. 126
Windows P. 151 Sunroof * P. 155
Images throughout this owner’s manual represent features and Seats P. 175
equipment that are available on some, but not all, models. Your Climate Control System * P. 194
particular model may not have some of these features.
2 Features P. 199

The information and specifications included in this publication were

in effect at the time of approval for printing. Honda $BST
*OEJB Ltd.
reserves the right, however, to discontinue or change specifications 2 Driving P. 201
Before Driving P. 202 Towing a Trailer P. 205 When Driving P. 206
or design at any time without notice and without incurring any
Fuel Economy and CO2 Emissions P. 249
obligation.
2 Maintenance P. 251
Before Performing Maintenance P. 252 Maintenance Schedule P. 255
Replacing Light Bulbs P. 280
Battery P. 303 Remote Transmitter Care P. 306
Accessories and Modifications P. 314

2 Handling the Unexpected P. 317

Tools P. 318 If a Tyre Goes Flat P. 319
Overheating P. 338 Indicator, Coming On/Blinking P. 340

2 Information P. 363
Specifications P. 364 Identification Numbers P. 368
 Contents
Quick Reference Guide P. 4
Child Safety P. 54 Exhaust Gas Hazard P. 84 Safety Labels P. 85

Safe Driving P. 27

Instrument Panel P. 87
Opening and Closing the Boot P. 146 Security System P. 149
Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel P. 157 Mirrors P. 172
Interior Convenience Items P. 183 Cooling System * P. 191
Controls P. 123

Features P. 199

Driving P. 201
Braking P. 235 Parking Your Vehicle P. 240 Refueling P. 246

Maintenance P. 251
Maintenance Under the Bonnet P. 263 Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Regeneration * P. 277
Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades P. 294 Checking and Maintaining Tyres P. 296
Cooling System */Climate Control System * Maintenance P. 307 Cleaning P. 309 Handling the Unexpected P. 317

Information P. 363
Engine Does Not Start P. 329 Jump Starting P. 333 Shift Lever Does Not Move P. 337
Fuses P. 348 Emergency Towing P. 362

Index P. 372
Devices that Emit Radio Waves * P. 370
 Quick Reference Guide

Visual Index
Quick Reference Guide

‫ ٶ‬Hazard Warning Button

‫ ٶ‬Clock (P124)
‫ ٶ‬System Indicators (P88)
‫ ٶ‬Gauges (P104)
‫ ٶ‬Information Display * (P106)
‫ ٶ‬Driver Information Interface * (P108)
‫ ٶ‬ENGINE START/STOP Button (P157)

‫ٶ‬ (Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA) System

OFF) Button (P229)
‫ ٶ‬Headlight Adjuster * (P164)
‫ ٶ‬Deflation Warning System Button * (P231)
‫ ٶ‬Parking Sensor System Button * (P242)
‫ ٶ‬Steering Wheel Adjustments (P171)
‫ ٶ‬Cooling System * (P191)
‫ ٶ‬Climate Control System * (P194)
‫ ٶ‬Rear Demister (P170)

4
African models
‫ ٶ‬Headlights/Turn Signals (P160, 161)

Quick Reference Guide

‫ ٶ‬Fog Lights (P163)
Except African models
‫ ٶ‬Wipers/Washers (P166)
‫ ٶ‬Brightness Control (P168)
‫ ٶ‬TRIP/CLOCK Button * (P106, 124)
‫ ٶ‬Paddle Shifter * (Shift Down) (P218)
‫ ٶ‬Paddle Shifter * (Shift Up) (P218)
Except African models
‫ ٶ‬Headlights/Turn Signals (P160, 161)
‫ ٶ‬Fog Lights * (P163)
African models
‫ ٶ‬Wipers/Washers (P166)
‫ ٶ‬Cruise Control Buttons * (P224)
‫ ٶ‬CRUISE Button * (P222)
‫ ٶ‬Horn (Press an area around .)

* Not available on all models 5

 Visual Index
‫ ٶ‬Passenger’s Side Interior Fuse Box A and B *
Quick Reference Guide

(P357, 360)

‫ ٶ‬Passenger’s Front Airbag (P46)

‫ ٶ‬Shift Lever
Continuously Variable Transmission *
(P214, 215)
‫ ٶ‬Manual Transmission * (P219)
‫ ٶ‬Rearview Mirror (P172)
‫ ٶ‬Driver’s Front Airbag (P46)
‫ ٶ‬Driver’s Side Interior Fuse Box (P353)
‫ ٶ‬Door Mirror Controls (P173)
‫ ٶ‬Power Window Switches (P152)
‫ ٶ‬Master Door Lock Switch (P137)
‫ ٶ‬Driver’s Side Pocket (P188)
‫ ٶ‬Bonnet Release Handle (P265)
‫ ٶ‬Fuel Fill Door Release Handle (P248)
‫ ٶ‬ECON Button * (P221)
‫ ٶ‬Boot Opener (P146)
‫ ٶ‬Parking Brake (P235)
‫ ٶ‬Accessory Power Socket (P189)
‫ ٶ‬Glove Box (P185)

6
‫ ٶ‬Map Lights * (P184)

Quick Reference Guide

‫ ٶ‬Interior Light * (P183)
‫ ٶ‬Sun Visors
‫ ٶ‬Vanity Mirror(s)
‫ ٶ‬Side Curtain Airbags * (P51)
‫ ٶ‬Interior Light * (P183)
‫ ٶ‬Map Lights * (P184)
‫ ٶ‬Grab Handle
‫ ٶ‬Coat Hook * (P188)
‫ ٶ‬Seat Belts (P33)
‫ ٶ‬Side Airbags (P49)
‫ ٶ‬Lower Anchorage Points to Secure a
Child Restraint System (P73)
‫ ٶ‬Rear Seat

‫ ٶ‬Seat Belt (Installing a Child Restraint

System) (P77)
‫ ٶ‬Seat Belt to Secure a Child Restraint
System (P79)
‫ ٶ‬Accessory Power Sockets * (P189)
‫ ٶ‬Front Seat (P176)

* Not available on all models 7

 Visual Index
‫ ٶ‬Maintenance Under the Bonnet (P263)
Quick Reference Guide

‫ ٶ‬Windscreen Wipers (P166, 294)

‫ ٶ‬Power Door Mirrors (P173)
‫ ٶ‬Side Turn Signal Lights * (P160, 285)
‫ ٶ‬Door Lock/Unlock Control (P128)
‫ ٶ‬Side Turn Signal Lights * (P160, 285)
‫ ٶ‬Headlights (P161, 280)
‫ ٶ‬Front Turn Signal Lights (P160, 282)
‫ ٶ‬Position/Daytime Running Lights (P161, 165, 282)
‫ ٶ‬Tyres (P296, 319)
‫ ٶ‬Fog Lights * (P163)
‫ ٶ‬How to Refuel (P248)
‫ ٶ‬High-Mount Brake Light (P290)
‫ ٶ‬Opening/Closing the Boot (P146)
‫ ٶ‬Boot Release Button (P147)

‫ ٶ‬Rear Licence Plate Lights (P289)

‫ ٶ‬Back-Up Lights (P288)
‫ ٶ‬Taillights (P288)
‫ ٶ‬Rear Turn Signal Lights (P286)
‫ ٶ‬Brake Lights (P286)
‫ ٶ‬Tail/Rear Side Marker Lights (P286)

8
Eco Assist System *
Ambient Meter Ambient Meter

Quick Reference Guide

Ծ The colour of the
ambient meter changes
*1 *2
to green to indicate that
the vehicle is being
driven in a fuel efficient
manner.

*1

ECON Mode Indicator (P98)

Comes on when the ECON button is
pressed.

*2

ECON Button (P221)

Helps to maximise fuel economy.

*1: Models with information display

*2: Models with driver information interface

* Not available on all models 9

 Safe Driving (P27)

Before Driving Checklist (P202)

Quick Reference Guide

Ծ Before driving, check that the front seats, head restraints, steering
wheel, and mirrors have been properly adjusted.

Child Safety (P54)

Ծ All children 12 and younger should be seated in the rear seat.
Ծ Small children should be properly restrained in a front-facing child
restraint system.
Ծ Infants must be properly restrained in a rear-facing child restraint system
on a rear seat.

Exhaust Gas Hazard (P84)

Ծ Your vehicle emits dangerous exhaust gases
that contain carbon monoxide. Do not run the
engine in confined spaces where carbon
monoxide gas can accumulate.

Seat Belts (P33)

Ծ Fasten your seat belt and sit upright well
back in the seat.
Ծ Check that your passengers are wearing
their seat belts correctly.
Airbags (P44)
Ծ Your vehicle is fitted with airbags to help to protect you and
your passengers during a moderate-to-severe collision.
Fasten your lap belt as
low as possible.

10
Instrument Panel (P87)

Gauges (P104)/Information Display * (P106)/Driver Information Interface * (P108)/

Quick Reference Guide

System Indicators (P88)
Models with information display

Information Display

M (7-speed manual shift mode) Shift Position Indicator */

Indicator */Shift Indicator * Transmission System Indicator *

Tachometer Speedometer

Fuel Gauge

* Not available on all models 11

 Models with driver information interface
Quick Reference Guide

Tachometer Speedometer

Driver Information Interface

Shift Position Indicator */ M (7-speed manual shift mode)

Transmission System Indicator */Shift Indicator *
Indicator *

Fuel Gauge

12
Controls (P123)

Clock (P124) ENGINE START/STOP Turn Signals (P160)

Quick Reference Guide

Models with information display
You can adjust the time in the information
Button (P157) Turn Signal Control Lever
Press the button to change the vehicle’s
display using the TRIP/CLOCK, (+ or (-
power mode.
button.

Models with driver information interface

* Not available on all models 13

 Lights (P161) Wipers and Washers Steering Wheel (P171)
Ծ To adjust, push the adjustment lever
Light Control Switches (P166)
down, adjust to the desired position, then
lock the lever back in place.
Quick Reference Guide

Wiper/Washer Control Lever

Models without automatic lighting control

MIST
High Beam OFF
Low INT: Low speed with
Beam intermittent
LO: Low speed wipe
HI: High speed wipe
Flashing

Models with automatic lighting control Unlocking the Front Door

Pull towards
you to spray
from the Inside (P136)
High Beam washer fluid. Except African and Latin American models
Ծ Pull the driver’s door inner handle to
Low
unlock and open it at the same time.
Beam
African and Latin American models
Adjustment Ring * Ծ Pull either front door inner handle to
Flashing
(- : Lower speed, fewer sweeps unlock and open it at the same time.
(+ : Higher speed, more sweeps

14
Boot (P146) Power Door Mirrors Power Windows (P151)
(P173) Ծ With the power mode in ON, open and
close the power windows.
Ծ With the power mode in ON, move the
Ծ If the power window lock button is in the

Quick Reference Guide

selector switch to L or R.
off position, each passenger's window
Ծ Push the appropriate edge of the
can be opened and closed with its own
adjustment switch to adjust the mirror.
switch.
Ծ Press the folding button * to fold in and
Ծ If the power window lock button is in the
out the door mirrors.
on position (indicator on), each
Selector Switch passenger's window switch is disabled.
Boot Opener
Power Window Lock Button

• Pull the boot opener on the outside of

the driver’s seat to unlock and open the Folding
boot. Button *
• Press the boot release button on the boot
lid to unlock and open the boot. Adjustment Switch
• Press the boot release button on the
remote to unlock and open the boot. Indicator Window Switch

* Not available on all models 15

 Cooling System * (P191)
Ծ Press the button to turn the system on or off.
Ծ Rotate the fan control dial to adjust the fan speed.
Quick Reference Guide

Ծ Turn the mode control dial to / / / to select the vents air flows from.
Ծ Rotate the temperature control dial to adjust the temperature.
Ծ Press the button to defrost the windscreen.

Air flows from dashboard vents

and back of the console
compartment.
Air flows from floor and
dashboard vents, and back of
the console compartment.

Air flows from floor vents.

Mode Control Dial
Air flows from floor and
windscreen demister vents.

A/C (Air Conditioning) Button (Windscreen Demister)

Button

Temperature Control Dial (ON/OFF) Button

MAX COOL Button Fan Control Dial

(Recirculation) Button

16
Climate Control System * (P194)
Ծ Press the AUTO button to activate the climate control system.
Ծ Press the button to turn the system on and off.

Quick Reference Guide

Ծ Press the button to defrost the windscreen.

Air flows from dashboard vents

and back of the console
compartment *.
Air flows from floor and
dashboard vents, and back of
the console compartment *.

Air flows from floor vents.

Air flows from floor and
Mode Control Dial windscreen demister vents.

A/C (Air Conditioning) Button AUTO Button

Fan Control Dial MAX COOL Button *

(ON/OFF) Button Temperature Control Dial

(Recirculation) Button (Windscreen Demister)

Button

* Not available on all models 17

 Driving (P201)

Manual Transmission * (P219) 7-Speed Manual Shift Mode * (P217)

Quick Reference Guide

Ծ Allows you to manually shift the transmission up or down

Continuously Variable Transmission * without releasing your hands from the steering wheel.
(P214, 215) When the shift lever is in (S
Ծ Pulling a paddle shifter changes the mode from continuously
Ծ Shift to (P and depress the brake pedal when starting the engine.
variable transmission to 7-speed manual shift mode.
Shifting Ծ The M indicator and the selected speed number are
displayed in the shift indicator.
Depress the brake pedal and press the When the shift lever is in (D
release button to move out of (P . Ծ Pulling a paddle shifter temporarily changes the mode from
continuously variable transmission to 7-speed manual shift
Move the shift lever without pressing
mode. The selected speed number is displayed in the shift
the release button.
indicator.
Press the release button to move the
Models with driver information interface
shift lever.
Shift Indicator
Park M Indicator Paddle Paddle
Shift Lever Shifter ( – ) Shifter ( + )
Ծ Turn off or start the engine. Models with information display
Ծ Transmission is locked.

Reverse Shift Indicator

Used when reversing.
M Indicator
Neutral
Transmission is not locked.
Drive
Ծ Normal driving.
Ծ On models with paddle shifter,

Release 7-speed manual shift mode can

Button be used temporarily. Models without paddle shifter
Models with paddle shifter Drive (S)
Drive (S) Ծ Better acceleration

7-speed manual shift mode can be Ծ Increased engine braking

used. Ծ Going up or down hills

18
VSA On and Off (P229)
Ծ The Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA) system
helps to stabilise the vehicle during
cornering, and helps to maintain traction

Quick Reference Guide

while accelerating on loose or slippery
road surfaces.
Ծ VSA comes on automatically every time
you start the engine.
Ծ To partially disable or fully restore VSA
function, press and hold the button until
you hear a beep.

Cruise Control * (P222)

Ծ Cruise control allows you to maintain a
set speed without keeping your foot on
the accelerator pedal.
Ծ To use cruise control, press the CRUISE
button, then press SET/− once you have
achieved the desired speed (above 40
km/h).

Deflation Warning
System * (P231)
Ծ Detects a change in tyre conditions and
overall dimensions due to decrease in tyre
pressures.
Ծ The deflation warning system is turned
on automatically every time you start the
engine.
Ծ An initialisation procedure must be
performed when certain conditions arise.

* Not available on all models 19

 Refueling (P246)
Petrol models
Quick Reference Guide

Fuel recommendation: a Pull on the fuel fill door

Indonesian models release handle under the
Unleaded petrol, research octane dashboard at the driver’s
side.
number 90 or higher
Except Indonesian models
Unleaded petrol, research octane
number 91 or higher
Fuel tank capacity: 40 L
Diesel models
b Turn the fuel fill cap slowly
Fuel recommendation: to remove the cap.
Automotive Diesel Fuel
Fuel tank capacity: 40 L

c Place the cap in the holder

on the fuel fill door.

d After refueling, screw the

cap back on until it clicks at
least once.

20
Maintenance (P251)

Under the Bonnet (P263)

Quick Reference Guide

Ծ Check engine oil, engine coolant, and windscreen washer
fluid. Add when necessary.
Ծ Check brake/clutch * fluid. Wiper Blades (P294)
Ծ Check the battery condition monthly.
Ծ Replace blades if they leave
streaks across the windscreen.
a Pull the bonnet release handle under the driver’s side
lower outside corner of the dashboard.

b Locate the bonnet latch lever, pull it up, and then raise
the bonnet. Once you have raised the bonnet slightly, you
can release the lever.

Tyres (P296) Lights (P280)

Ծ Inspect tyres and wheels Ծ Inspect all lights regularly.
regularly.
Ծ Check tyre pressures regularly.
Ծ Install winter tyres for winter
driving.

c When finished, close the bonnet and make sure it is firmly

locked in place.
* Not available on all models 21
 Handling the Unexpected (P317)

Flat Tyre (P319) Engine Won't Start (P329) Overheating (P338)

Quick Reference Guide

Ծ Park in a safe place and replace the flat Ծ If the battery is dead, jump start using a Ծ Park in a safe location. If you do not see
tyre with the spare tyre in the boot. booster battery. steam under the bonnet, open the
bonnet, and let the engine cool down.

Indicators Come On Blown Fuse (P348) Emergency Towing (P362)

Ծ Check for a blown fuse if an electrical Ծ Call a professional towing service if you
(P340)
device does not operate. need to tow your vehicle.
Ծ Identify the indicator and consult the
owner's manual.

22
What to Do If
The power mode does not change The steering wheel may be

Quick Reference Guide

Ծ

from VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) to locked.

ACCESSORY. Why? Ծ Move the steering wheel
left and right after pressing
the ENGINE START/STOP
button.

Continuously variable transmission models The shift lever should be moved to (P .

The power mode does not change
from ACCESSORY to VEHICLE OFF
(LOCK). Why?

Why does the brake pedal pulsate This can occur when the ABS activates and does not
slightly when applying the brakes? indicate a problem. Apply firm, steady pressure on
the brake pedal. Never pump the brake pedal.
u Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) (P237)

23
 The rear door cannot be Check if the childproof lock is in the
opened from inside the lock position. If so, open the rear door
vehicle. Why? with the outside door handle.
Quick Reference Guide

To cancel this function, slide the lever

up to the unlock position.

Why do the doors lock If you do not open the doors within 30 seconds, the doors are
after I unlocked the relocked automatically for security.
doors?

Why does the beeper The beeper sounds when:

sound when I open the Ծ The power mode is in ACCESSORY.

driver's door? Ծ The exterior lights are left on.

Models with driver information The beeper sounds if you move outside the walk away auto lock
interface
operating range before the door completely closes.
Why does a beeper 2 Locking the doors and boot (Walk away auto lock *) (P130)
sound when I walk
away from the vehicle
after I close the door?

24
Why does the beeper The beeper sounds when:
sound when I start Ծ Driver and/or front passenger are not wearing their seat belts.

driving? Ծ The parking brake lever is not fully released.

Quick Reference Guide

Models with deflation warning The Deflation Warning System needs attention. If you recently
system
inflated or changed a tyre, you have to recalibrate the system.
I’m seeing an amber 2 Deflation Warning System * (P231)
indicator of a tyre with
an exclamation point.
What is that?

Why do I hear a The brake pads may need to be replaced. Have your vehicle
screeching sound when inspected by a dealer.
I apply the brake pedal?

* Not available on all models 25

26
 Safe Driving
You can find many safety recommendations throughout this chapter, and throughout this manual.

For Safe Driving Front Airbags (SRS) ............................ 46 Safety Labels

Important Safety Precautions.............. 28 Side Airbags....................................... 49 Label Locations .................................. 85
Your Vehicle's Safety Features............ 30 Side Curtain Airbags * ........................ 51
Safety Checklist ................................. 31 Airbag System Indicators.................... 52
Seat Belts Airbag Care ....................................... 53
About Your Seat Belts ........................ 33 Child Safety
Fastening a Seat Belt .......................... 39 Protecting Child Passengers ............... 54
Seat Belt Inspection............................ 42 Safety of Infants and Small Children... 58
Anchorage Points............................... 43 Safety of Larger Children ................... 81
Airbags Exhaust Gas Hazard
Airbag System Components ............... 44 Carbon Monoxide Gas ....................... 84
Types of Airbags ................................ 46

* Not available on all models 27

 For Safe Driving

The following pages explain your vehicle's safety features and how to use them
properly. The safety precautions below are ones that we consider to be among the
most important.
Safe Driving

Important Safety Precautions

ԏ Always wear your seat belt 1Important Safety Precautions
A seat belt is your best protection in all types of collisions. Airbags are designed to Some countries prohibit the use of mobile phones
supplement seat belts, not replace them. So even though your vehicle is equipped other than hands-free devices by the driver while
with airbags, make sure you and your passengers always wear your seat belts, and driving.
wear them properly.

ԏ Restrain all children

Children aged 12 and under should ride properly restrained in a back seat, not the
front seat. Infants and small children should be restrained in a child restraint system.
Larger children should use a booster seat and a lap/shoulder seat belt until they can
use the belt properly without a booster seat.

ԏ Be aware of airbag hazards

While airbags can save lives, they can cause serious or fatal injuries to occupants
who sit too close to them, or are not properly restrained. Infants, young children,
and short adults are at the greatest risk. Be sure to follow all instructions and
warnings in this manual.

ԏ Don't drink and drive

Alcohol and driving don't mix. Even one drink can reduce your ability to respond to
changing conditions, and your reaction time gets worse with every additional drink.
So don't drink and drive, and don't let your friends drink and drive, either.

28
 uuFor Safe DrivinguImportant Safety Precautions

ԏ Pay appropriate attention to the task of driving safely

Engaging in mobile phone conversation or other activities that keep you from paying
close attention to the road, other vehicles, and pedestrians could lead to a crash.
Remember, situations can change quickly, and only you can decide when it is safe to

Safe Driving
divert some attention away from driving.

ԏ Control your speed

Excessive speed is a major factor in crash injuries and deaths. Generally, the higher
the speed, the greater the risk, but serious injuries can also occur at lower speeds.
Never drive faster than is safe for current conditions, regardless of the maximum
speed posted.

ԏ Keep your vehicle in safe condition

Having a tyre blowout or a mechanical failure can be extremely hazardous.
To reduce the possibility of such problems, check your tyre pressures and condition
frequently, and perform all regularly scheduled maintenance.

ԏ Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle

Children, pets and people needing assistance left unattended in the vehicle may be
injured if they activate one or more of the vehicle controls. They may also cause the
vehicle to move, resulting in a crash in which they and/or another person(s) can be
injured or killed. Also, depending on the ambient temperature, the temperature of
the interior may reach extreme levels, which can result in harm or death. Even if the
cooling or climate control system is on, never leave them in the vehicle unattended
as the cooling or climate control system can shut off at any time.

29
 uuFor Safe DrivinguYour Vehicle's Safety Features

Your Vehicle's Safety Features

1Your Vehicle's Safety Features
10 10 Your vehicle is equipped with many features that
work together to help to protect you and your
passengers during a crash.
Safe Driving

Some features do not require any action on your part.

6
These include a strong steel framework that forms a
safety cage around the passenger compartment,
9 front and rear crush zones, a collapsible steering
8 column, and tensioners that tighten the front seat
9 belts in a sufficient crash.

However, you and your passengers cannot take full

advantage of these features unless you remain seated
11
in the correct position and always wear your seat
belts. In fact, some safety features can contribute to
injuries if they are not used properly.
Safety Cage
7
Crush Zones
Seats and Seat-Backs
Head Restraints
Collapsible Steering Column
6 Seat Belts
7 Driver's Side Front Airbag
8 Passenger's Side Front Airbag
9 Side Airbags
10 Side Curtain Airbags *
11 Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners

The following checklist will help you take an active role in protecting yourself and
your passengers.

30 * Not available on all models

 uuFor Safe DrivinguSafety Checklist

Safety Checklist
For the safety of you and your passengers, make a habit of checking these items 1Safety Checklist
each time before you drive. Models with information display
• Adjust your seat to a position suitable for driving. Be sure the front seats are If the door/boot open indicator is on, a door and/or
adjusted as far to the rear as possible while allowing the driver to control the boot is not completely closed. Close all doors and the

Safe Driving
vehicle. Sitting too close to a front airbag can result in serious or fatal injury in a boot tightly until the indicator goes off.
2 Door and Boot Open Indicator * P. 95
crash.
2 Seats P. 175
• Adjust head restraints to the proper position. Head restraints are most effective
when the centre of the head restraint aligns with the centre of your head. Taller
persons should adjust their head restraint to the highest position.
2 Adjusting the Front Head Restraints P. 178
• Always wear your seat belt, and make sure you wear it properly. Confirm that any
passengers are properly belted as well.
2 Fastening a Seat Belt P. 39
• Protect children by using seat belts or child restraint systems according to a child’s
age, height and weight.
2 Child Safety P. 54

* Not available on all models Continued 31

 uuFor Safe DrivinguSafety Checklist

1Safety Checklist
Models with driver information interface
If the door and/or boot open message appears on the
driver information interface, a door and/or the boot is
Safe Driving

not completely closed. Close all doors and the boot

tightly until the message disappears.
2 Driver Information Interface * P. 108

32 * Not available on all models

 Seat Belts
About Your Seat Belts
Seat belts are the single most effective safety device because they keep you 1About Your Seat Belts
connected to the vehicle so that you can take advantage of many built-in safety
features. They also help to keep you from being thrown against the inside of the 3 WARNING
vehicle, against any passengers, or out of the vehicle. When worn properly, seat Not wearing a seat belt properly increases

Safe Driving
belts also keep your body properly positioned in a crash so that you can take full the chance of serious injury or death in a
advantage of the additional protection provided by the airbags. crash, even though your vehicle has
airbags.
In addition, seat belts help to protect you in almost every type of crash, including:
- frontal impacts Be sure you and your passengers always
- side impacts wear seat belts and wear them properly.
- rear impacts
- rollovers WARNING: Seat belts are designed to bear upon the
bony structure of the body, and should be worn low
across the front of the pelvis or the pelvis, chest and
shoulders, as applicable; wearing the lap section of
the belt across the abdominal area must be avoided.

WARNING: Seat belts should be adjusted as firmly as

possible, consistent with comfort, to provide the
protection for which they have been designed. A
slack belt will greatly reduce the protection afforded
to the wearer.

WARNING: Belts should not be worn with straps

twisted.

WARNING: Each belt assembly must only be used by

one occupant; it is dangerous to put a belt around a
child being carried on the occupant’s lap.

Continued 33
 uuSeat BeltsuAbout Your Seat Belts

ԏ Lap/shoulder seat belts 1About Your Seat Belts

All five seating positions are equipped with lap/shoulder seat belts with emergency Seat belts cannot completely protect you in every
locking retractors. In normal driving the retractor lets you move freely while keeping crash. But in most cases, seat belts can reduce your
some tension on the belt. During a collision or sudden stop the retractor locks to risk of serious injury.
Safe Driving

restrain your body.

Most countries require you to wear seat belts. Take
The seat belt must be properly secured when using a front-facing child restraint
time to familiarise with the legal requirements of the
system.
countries in which you will drive.
2 Installing a Child Restraint System with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt P. 77
If you extend the seat belt too quickly, it will lock in
place. If this happens, slightly retract the seat belt,
then extend it slowly.

34
 uuSeat BeltsuAbout Your Seat Belts

ԏ Proper use of seat belts

Follow these guidelines for proper use:
• All occupants should sit upright, well back in the seat, and remain in that position
for the duration of the trip. Slouching and leaning reduce the effectiveness of the

Safe Driving
belt and can increase the chance of serious injury in a crash.
• Never place the shoulder part of a lap/shoulder seat belt under your arm or
behind your back. This could cause very serious injuries in a crash.
• Two people should never use the same seat belt. If they do, they could be very
seriously injured in a crash.
• Do not put any accessories on the seat belts. Devices intended to improve comfort
or reposition the shoulder part of a seat belt can reduce the protective capability
and increase the chance of serious injury in a crash.

Continued 35
 uuSeat BeltsuAbout Your Seat Belts

1Seat Belt Reminder

ԏ Seat Belt Reminder
The indicator will also come on if a front passenger
ԏ Front seats does not fasten their seat belt within six seconds after
Models with information display The seat belt system includes an indicator on the power mode is set to ON.
Safe Driving

the instrument panel to remind the driver or a

front passenger or both to fasten their seat When no one is sitting in the front passenger’s seat,
belts. the indicator will not come on and the beeper will not
sound.
If you set the power mode to ON before the
driver’s seat belt is fastened, the indicator will
If the indicator comes on or the beeper sounds with
blink. If the driver does not fasten the belt, the no one sitting in the front passenger’s seat. Check if:
indicator will remain on. • There is nothing heavy placed on the front
passenger seat.
Models with driver information The beeper will periodically sound and the • The driver's seat belt is fastened.
interface indicator will blink while the vehicle is moving
If the indicator does not light when the passenger is
until the seat belt is fastened.
seated and is not fastened, something may be
interfering with the occupant detection sensor.
Check if:
• A cushion is placed on the seat.
• The front passenger is not sitting properly.

If none of these conditions exist, have your vehicle

checked by a dealer.

36
 uuSeat BeltsuAbout Your Seat Belts

ԏ Rear seats *
Your vehicle monitors rear seat belt use. Rear
seat belt reminder indicator notifies you if any
of the rear seat belts are not used.

Safe Driving
The indicator comes on when:
• A rear door is opened and closed.
• Any of the rear passengers fastened or
unfastened their seat belt.

The rear seat belt reminder indicator blinks

and beeper sounds if any rear passenger’s seat
belt is unlatched while driving.

* Not available on all models Continued 37

 uuSeat BeltsuAbout Your Seat Belts

1Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners

ԏ Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners
The seat belt tensioners can only operate once.
The front seats are equipped with automatic seat belt tensioners to enhance safety. If a tensioner is activated, the SRS indicator will come
on. Have a dealer replace the tensioner and
Safe Driving

The tensioners automatically tighten the front seat belts during a moderate-to- thoroughly inspect the seat belt system as it may not
severe frontal collision, sometimes even if the collision is not severe enough to offer protection in a subsequent crash.
inflate the front airbags.
Models with side curtain airbags
During a moderate-to-severe side impact, the
tensioner on that side of the vehicle also activates.

38
 uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt

Fastening a Seat Belt

After adjusting a front seat to the proper position, and while sitting upright and well 1Fastening a Seat Belt
back in the seat: No one should sit in a seat with an inoperative seat
2 Seats P. 175 belt or one that does not appear to be working
1. Pull the seat belt out slowly. correctly. Using a seat belt that is not working

Safe Driving
Pull out slowly. properly may not protect the occupant in a crash.
Have a dealer check the belt as soon as possible.
Correct
Seated If the seat belt appears to be locked in a fully
Posture. retracted position, firmly pull out on the shoulder belt
once, then push it back in.
Then smoothly pull it out of the retractor and fasten.
If you are unable to release the seat belt from a fully
retracted position, do not allow anyone to sit in the
seat, and take your vehicle to a dealer for repair.
2. Insert the latch plate into the buckle, then
Latch 2 About Your Seat Belts P. 33
Plate tug on the belt to make sure the buckle is 2 Seat Belt Inspection P. 42
secure.
u Make sure that the belt is not twisted or
caught on anything.
Buckle

Continued 39
 uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt

3. Position the lap part of the belt as low as 1Fastening a Seat Belt
possible across your hips, then pull up on
the shoulder part of the belt so the lap part 3 WARNING
Lap belt
fits snugly. This lets your strong pelvic Improperly positioning the seat belts can
Safe Driving

as low as
possible bones take the force of a crash and reduces cause serious injury or death in a crash.
the chance of internal injuries.
4. If necessary, pull up on the belt again to Make sure all seat belts are properly
remove any slack, then check that the belt positioned before driving.
rests across the centre of your chest and
over your shoulder. This spreads the forces To release the belt, push the red PRESS button and
of a crash over the strongest bones in your then guide the belt by hand until it has retracted
upper body. completely.
When exiting the vehicle, be sure the belt is properly
stowed so that it will not get caught in the closing
door.

Never insert any foreign objects into the buckle or

retractor mechanism.

40
 uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt

1Advice for Pregnant Women

ԏ Advice for Pregnant Women
Each time you have a checkup, ask your doctor if it is
If you are pregnant, the best way to protect yourself and your unborn child when okay for you to drive.
driving or riding in a vehicle is to always wear a seat belt and keep the lap part of the

Safe Driving
belt as low as possible across the hips. To reduce the risk of injuries to both you and your
unborn child that can be caused by an inflating front
Wear the shoulder belt airbag:
across the chest avoiding • When driving, sit upright and adjust the seat as far
the abdomen. back as possible while allowing full control of the
vehicle.
• When sitting in the front passenger's seat, adjust
the seat as far back as possible.

Wear the lap part of the

belt as low as possible
across the hips.

41
 uuSeat BeltsuSeat Belt Inspection

Seat Belt Inspection

Regularly check the condition of your seat belts as follows: 1Seat Belt Inspection

• Pull each belt out fully, and look for frays, cuts, burns, and wear. 3 WARNING
• Check that the latch plates and buckles work smoothly and the belts retract Not checking or maintaining seat belts can
Safe Driving

easily. result in serious injury or death if the seat

u If a belt does not retract easily, cleaning the belt may correct the problem. Only belts do not work properly when needed.
use a mild soap and warm water. Do not use bleach or cleaning solvents. Make
sure the belt is completely dry before allowing it to retract. Check your seat belts regularly and have
any problem corrected as soon as possible.
Any belt that is not in good condition or working properly will not provide proper
protection and should be replaced as soon as possible. WARNING: No modifications or additions should be
A belt that has been worn during a crash may not provide the same level of made by the user which will either prevent the seat
protection in a subsequent crash. Have your seat belts inspected by a dealer after belt adjusting devices from operating to remove
slack, or prevent the seat belt assembly from being
any collision.
adjusted to remove slack.

WARNING: It is essential to replace the entire

assembly after it has been worn in a severe impact
even if damage to the assembly is not obvious.

WARNING: Care should be taken to avoid

contamination of the webbing with polishes, oils and
chemicals, and particularly battery acid. Cleaning
may safely be carried out using mild soap and water.
The belt should be replaced if webbing becomes
frayed, contaminated or damaged.

42
 uuSeat BeltsuAnchorage Points

Anchorage Points
Front Seat When replacing the seat belts, use the
anchorage points shown in the images.
The front seat has a lap/shoulder belt.

Safe Driving
Rear Seat The rear seat has three lap/shoulder belts.

43
 Airbags
Airbag System Components
The front, front side, and side curtain * • An electronic control unit that, when the
airbags are deployed according to the power mode is in ON, continually
direction and severity of impact. The airbag monitors information about the various
system includes: impact sensors, seat and buckle sensors,
Safe Driving

airbag activators, seat belt tensioners,

• Two SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) and other vehicle information.
front airbags. The driver's airbag is stored During a crash event the unit can record
in the centre of the steering wheel; the such information.
front passenger's airbag is stored in the
dashboard. Both are marked SRS • Automatic front seat belt tensioners.
AIRBAG.
• Impact sensors that can detect a
• Two side airbags, one for the driver and moderate-to-severe front or side impact.
one for a front passenger. The airbags are
stored in the outer edges of the seat- • An indicator on the instrument panel that
backs. Both are marked SIDE AIRBAG. alerts you to a possible problem with your
airbag system or seat belt tensioners.
Models with side curtain airbags
• Two side curtain airbags, one for each
side of the vehicle. The airbags are stored
in the ceiling, above the side windows.
The front and rear pillars are marked
SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG.

44 * Not available on all models

 uuAirbagsuAirbag System Components

1Important Facts About Your Airbags

ԏ Important Facts About Your Airbags
Do not attempt to deactivate your airbags. Together,
Airbags can pose serious hazards. To do their job, airbags must inflate with airbags and seat belts provide the best protection.
tremendous force. So, while airbags help to save lives, they can cause burns, bruises,

Safe Driving
and other minor injuries, sometimes even fatal ones if occupants are not wearing When driving, keep hands and arms out of the
their seat belts properly and sitting correctly. deployment path of the front airbag by holding each
side of the steering wheel. Do not cross an arm over
the airbag cover.
What you should do: Always wear your seat belt properly, and sit upright and as
far back from the steering wheel as possible while allowing full control of the
vehicle. A front passenger should move their seat as far back from the dashboard as
possible.

Remember, however, that no safety system can prevent all injuries or deaths that
can occur in a severe crash, even when seat belts are properly worn and the airbags
deploy.

Do not place hard or sharp objects between yourself and a front airbag.
Carrying hard or sharp objects on your lap, or driving with a pipe or other sharp
object in your mouth, can result in injuries if your front airbag inflates.

Do not attach or place objects on the front airbag covers. Objects on the
covers marked SRS AIRBAG could interfere with the proper operation of the airbags
or be propelled inside the vehicle and hurt someone if the airbags inflate.

45
 uuAirbagsuTypes of Airbags

Types of Airbags
Your vehicle is equipped with three types of airbags: 1Types of Airbags
• Front airbags: Airbags in front of the driver's and front passenger's seats. The airbags can inflate whenever the power mode is
• Side airbags: Airbags in the driver's and front passenger's seat-backs. set to ON.
• Side curtain airbags *: Airbags above the side windows.
Safe Driving

Each is discussed in the following pages. After an airbag inflates in a crash, you may see a
small amount of smoke. This is from the combustion
process of the inflator material and is not harmful.
Front Airbags (SRS) People with respiratory problems may experience
some temporary discomfort. If this occurs, get out of
The front SRS airbags inflate in a moderate-to-severe frontal collision to help to the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so.
protect the head and chest of the driver and/or front passenger.

SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) indicates that the airbags are designed to
supplement seat belts, not replace them. Seat belts are the occupant's primary
restraint system.

ԏ Housing Locations
The front airbags are housed in the centre of the steering wheel for the driver, and
in the dashboard for the front passenger. Both airbags are marked SRS AIRBAG.

46 * Not available on all models

 uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS)

ԏ Operation
Front airbags are designed to inflate during moderate-to-severe frontal collisions.
When the vehicle decelerates suddenly, the sensors send information to the control

Safe Driving
unit which signals one or both front airbags to inflate.

A frontal collision can be either head-on or angled between two vehicles, or when a
vehicle crashes into a stationary object, such as a concrete wall.

ԏ How the Front Airbags Work

While your seat belt restrains your torso, the
front airbag provides supplemental protection
for your head and chest.

The front airbags deflate immediately so that

they won't interfere with the driver's visibility
or the ability to steer or operate other
controls.

The total time for inflation and deflation is so fast that most occupants are not
aware that the airbags deployed until they see them lying in front of them.

Continued 47
 uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS)

ԏ When front airbags should not deploy

Minor frontal crashes: Front airbags were designed to supplement seat belts and
help to save lives, not to prevent minor scrapes, or even broken bones that might
occur during a less than moderate-to-severe frontal crash.
Safe Driving

Side impacts: Front airbags can provide protection when a sudden deceleration
causes a driver or front passenger to move towards the front of the vehicle. Side
airbags and side curtain airbags * have been specifically designed to help to reduce
the severity of injuries that can occur during a moderate-to-severe side impact which
can cause the driver or passenger to move towards the side of the vehicle.
Rear impacts: Head restraints and seat belts are your best protection during a rear
impact. Front airbags cannot provide any significant protection and are not designed
to deploy in such collisions.
Rollovers: Seat belts and side curtain airbags * offer the best protection in a rollover.
Because front airbags could provide little if any protection, they are not designed to
deploy during a rollover.
ԏ When front airbags deploy with little or no visible damage
Because the airbag system senses sudden deceleration, a strong impact to the
vehicle framework or suspension might cause one or more of the airbags to deploy.
Examples include running into a curb, the edge of a hole, or other low fixed object
that causes a sudden deceleration in the vehicle chassis. Since the impact is
underneath the vehicle, damage may not be readily apparent.
ԏ When front airbags may not deploy, even though exterior damage
appears severe
Since crushable body parts absorb crash energy during an impact, the amount of
visible damage does not always indicate proper airbag operation. In fact, some
collisions can result in severe damage but no airbag deployment because the airbags
would not have been needed or would not have provided protection even if they
had deployed.

48 * Not available on all models

 uuAirbagsuSide Airbags

Side Airbags
The side airbags help to protect the torso and pelvis of the driver or a front 1Side Airbags
passenger during a moderate-to-severe side impact. Do not let the front passenger lean sideways with
their head in the deployment path of the side airbag.
An inflating side airbag can strike with strong force
ԏ Housing Locations

Safe Driving
and seriously injure the passenger.
The side airbags are housed in the outside
edge of the driver's and passenger's seat- Do not attach accessories on or near the side airbags.
backs. They can interfere with the proper operation of the
airbags, or hurt someone if an airbag inflates.

Both are marked SIDE AIRBAG.

Housing
Location

Continued 49
 uuAirbagsuSide Airbags

1Side Airbags
ԏ Operation
Do not cover or replace the front seat-back covers
When the sensors detect a moderate-to- without consulting a dealer.
When inflated severe side impact, the control unit signals the Improperly replacing or covering front seat-back
Safe Driving

side airbag on the impact side to immediately covers can prevent your side airbags from properly
inflate. deploying during a side impact.

Side Airbag

ԏ When a side airbag deploys with little or no visible damage

Because the airbag system senses sudden acceleration, a strong impact to the side
of the vehicle's framework can cause a side airbag to deploy. In such cases, there
may be little or no damage, but the side impact sensors detected a severe enough
impact to deploy the airbag.

ԏ When a side airbag may not deploy, even though visible damage appears
severe
It is possible for a side airbag not to deploy during an impact that results in
apparently severe damage. This can occur when the point of impact was towards
the far front or rear of the vehicle, or when the vehicle's crushable body parts
absorbed most of the crash energy. In either case, the side airbag would not have
been needed nor provided protection even if it had deployed.

50
 uuAirbagsuSide Curtain Airbags *

Side Curtain Airbags *

The side curtain airbags help to protect the heads of the driver and passengers in 1Side Curtain Airbags *
outer seating positions during a moderate-to-severe side impact. The side curtain airbags are most effective when an
occupant is wearing their seat belt properly and
ԏ Housing Locations sitting upright, well back in their seat.

Safe Driving
The side curtain airbags are located in the Do not attach any objects to the side windows or roof
ceiling above the side windows on both sides pillars as they can interfere with the proper operation
of the vehicle. of the side curtain airbags.
Models with coat hook
Do not put a coat hanger or hard objects on a coat
hook. This could result in injuries if your side curtain
airbag inflates.

Side Curtain Airbag Storage

ԏ Operation
The side curtain airbag is designed to deploy
in a moderate-to-severe side impact.

Deployed Side Curtain Airbag

ԏ When side curtain airbags deploy in a frontal collision

One or both side curtain airbags may also inflate in a moderate-to-severe angled
frontal collision.

* Not available on all models 51

 uuAirbagsuAirbag System Indicators

Airbag System Indicators

Models with information display
If a problem occurs in the airbag system, the SRS indicator will come on.
Models with driver information interface
Safe Driving

If a problem occurs in the airbag system, the SRS indicator will come on and a
message appears on the driver information interface.

ԏ Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Indicator 1Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Indicator

Models with information display ԏ When the power mode is set to ON 3 WARNING
The indicator comes on for a few seconds,
Ignoring the SRS indicator can result in
then goes off. This tells you the system is
serious injury or death if the airbag systems
working properly.
or tensioners do not work properly.
If the indicator comes on at any other time, or Have your vehicle checked by a dealer as
does not come on at all, have the system soon as possible if the SRS indicator alerts
checked by a dealer as soon as possible. If you you to a possible problem.
don't, your airbags and seat belt tensioners
may not work properly when they are needed.
Models with driver information
interface

52
 uuAirbagsuAirbag Care

Airbag Care
You do not need to, and should not, perform any maintenance on or replace any 1Airbag Care
airbag system components yourself. However, you should have your vehicle The removal of airbag components from the vehicle is
inspected by a dealer in the following situations: prohibited.

Safe Driving
ԏ When the airbags have deployed In case of malfunction, or shutdown, or after the
airbag inflation/seat belt tensioner operation, ask a
If an airbag has inflated, the control unit and other related parts must be replaced.
qualified personnel for handling.
Similarly, once an automatic seat belt tensioner has been activated, it must be
replaced. We recommend against the use of salvaged airbag
system components, including the airbag, tensioners,
ԏ When the vehicle has been in a moderate-to-severe collision sensors, and control unit.
Even if the airbags did not inflate, have your dealer inspect the following: front seat
belt tensioners, and each seat belt that was worn during the crash.

53
 Child Safety
Protecting Child Passengers
Each year, many children are injured or killed in vehicle crashes because they are 1Protecting Child Passengers
either unrestrained or not properly restrained. In fact, vehicle crashes are the Front Passenger’s Sun Visor
number one cause of death of children aged 12 and under.
3 WARNING
Safe Driving

To reduce the number of child deaths and injuries, infants and children should be
properly restrained when they ride in a vehicle.

Children should sit properly restrained in a rear seat. This is because:

• An inflating front or side airbag can injure
or kill a child sitting in the front seat.
NEVER use a rearward facing child restraint
• A child in the front seat is more likely to on a seat protected by an ACTIVE AIRBAG
interfere with the driver's ability to safely in front of it, DEATH or SERIOUS INJURY to
control the vehicle. the CHILD can occur.

• Statistics show that children of all sizes and

ages are safer when they are properly
restrained in a rear seat.

54
 uuChild SafetyuProtecting Child Passengers

• Any child who is too small to wear a seat belt must be properly restrained in an 1Protecting Child Passengers
approved child restraint system that is properly secured to the vehicle using the
seat belt or the child restraint anchorage system. 3 WARNING
Children who are unrestrained or

Safe Driving
• Never hold a child on your lap because it is impossible to protect them in the improperly restrained can be seriously
event of a collision. injured or killed in a crash.

• Never put a seat belt over yourself and a child. During a crash, the belt would Any child too small for a seat belt should be
likely press deep into the child and cause serious or fatal injuries. properly restrained in an approved child
restraint system. A larger child should be
• Never let two children use the same seat belt. Both children could be very properly restrained with a seat belt, using a
seriously injured in a crash. booster seat if necessary.

In many countries, the law requires all children aged

12 and under, and whose height are shorter than
150 cm be properly restrained in a rear seat.

In many countries, it is required to use an officially

approved and suitable child restraint system for
transporting a child on any passenger seat. Check
your local legal requirement.

We recommend that child restraint systems meet UN

Regulation No. 44 or No. 129 *, or the regulations of
the subject countries.

* Not available on all models Continued 55

 uuChild SafetyuProtecting Child Passengers

• Do not allow children to operate the doors, windows or seat adjustments. 1Protecting Child Passengers
Front Passenger’s Doorjamb *
• Do not leave children in the vehicle unattended, especially in hot weather when
the inside of the vehicle can get hot enough to kill them. They could also activate 3 WARNING
Safe Driving

vehicle controls causing it to move unexpectedly.

Extreme Hazard!

DO NOT use a rear-facing child restraint on

a seat protected by an airbag in front of it!

WARNING: Use the power window lock button to

prevent children from opening the windows. Using
this feature will prevent children from playing with
the windows, which could expose them to hazards or
distract the driver.
2 Opening/Closing the Power Windows
P. 151

WARNING: Always take the ignition key with you

whenever you leave the vehicle alone or with other
occupants.

56 * Not available on all models

 uuChild SafetyuProtecting Child Passengers

1Protecting Child Passengers

To remind you of the passenger’s front airbag hazard
and child safety, your vehicle has the warning label
on the passenger’s side sun visor.

Safe Driving
Please read and follow the instructions on this label.
2 Safety Labels P. 85

57
 uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

Safety of Infants and Small Children

1Protecting Infants
ԏ Protecting Infants
An infant must be properly restrained in a rear-facing, reclining child restraint system 3 WARNING
until the infant reaches the child restraint system manufacturer’s weight or height Placing a rear-facing child restraint system
Safe Driving

limit for the seat, and the infant is at least one year old. in the front seat can result in serious injury
ԏ Positioning a rear-facing child restraint or death if the passenger’s front airbag
system inflates.
Child restraint system must be placed and
secured in a rear seating position. Always place a rear-facing child restraint
u We recommend that you install the child system in the back seat, not the front.
restraint system directly behind the front
passenger’s seat, move the seat as far
forward as needed, and leave it
unoccupied.
u Make sure that there is no contact
between the child restraint system and
the seat in front of it.
If there is, you may wish to get a smaller
rear-facing child restraint system.

58
 uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

When properly installed, a rear-facing child restraint system may prevent the driver 1Protecting Infants
or a front passenger from moving their seat all the way back, or from locking their As required by UN Regulation No. 94:
seat-back in the desired position.
3 WARNING

Safe Driving
NEVER use a rearward facing child restraint
on a seat protected by an ACTIVE AIRBAG
in front of it, DEATH or SERIOUS INJURY to
the CHILD can occur.

If the passenger’s front airbag inflates, it can hit the

rear-facing child restraint system with great force,
which can dislodge or strike the system, and seriously
injure the child.

Rear-facing child restraint systems should never be

installed in a front-facing position.

Always refer to the child restraint system

manufacturer’s instructions before installation.

Continued 59
 uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

1Protecting Smaller Children

ԏ Protecting Smaller Children
If a child is at least one year old and has exceeded the weight and height limitations 3 WARNING
of a rear-facing child restraint system, the child should be properly restrained in a
Placing a front-facing child restraint system
Safe Driving

firmly secured front-facing child restraint system until they exceed the weight and
in the front seat can result in serious injury
height limitations for the front-facing child restraint system.
or death if the front airbag inflates.
ԏ Front-facing child restraint system
placement If you must place a front-facing child
We strongly recommend placing a front- restraint system in front, move the vehicle
facing child restraint system in a rear seating seat as far back as possible, and properly
position. restrain the child.

Educate yourself about the laws and regulations

regarding child restraint system use where you are
driving, and follow the child restraint system
manufacturer's instructions.
Placing a front-facing child restraint system in the front seat can be hazardous. A
rear seat is the safest place for a child. Many experts recommend use of a rear-facing child
restraint system for a child up to two years old if the
child's height and weight are appropriate for a rear-
facing child restraint system.

60
 uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

1Selecting a Child Restraint System

ԏ Selecting a Child Restraint System
Installation of a lower anchorage-compatible child
Some child restraint systems are lower anchorage compatible. Some have a rigid- restraint system is simple.
type connector, while others have a flexible-type connector. Both are equally easy to

Safe Driving
use. Some existing and previously owned child restraint systems can only be installed Lower anchorage-compatible child restraint systems
using the seat belt. Whichever type you choose, follow the child restraint system have been developed to simplify the installation
manufacturer’s use and care instructions including recommended expiration dates process and reduce the likelihood of injuries caused
by incorrect installation.
as well as the instructions in this manual. Proper installation is key to maximising
your child’s safety.
We recommend a rear-facing or a front-facing Honda
The flexible type may not be available in your country. genuine ISOFIX child restraint system for infants or
small children, respectively. Ask your dealer.
In seating positions and vehicles not equipped with lower anchorages, install a child
restraint system using the seat belt and a top tether for added security. This is
because all child restraint systems must be secured with the seat belt when the
lower anchorage system is not in use. In addition, the child restraint system
manufacturer may advise that a seat belt be used to attach an ISOFIX restraint
system once a child reaches a specified weight. Please read the child restraint system
owner’s manual for proper installation instructions.

ԏ Important consideration when selecting a child restraint system

Make sure the child restraint system meets the following three requirements:
• The child restraint system is the correct type and size for the child.
• The child restraint system is the correct type for the seating position.
• The child restraint system is compliant with safety standards. We recommend a
child restraint system compliant with UN Regulation No. 44 or No. 129 *, or the
regulations of the subject countries. Look for the approval mark on the system
and the manufacturer’s statement of compliance on the box.

* Not available on all models Continued 61

 uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

ԏ Child Restraint Systems Standards 1Selecting a Child Restraint System

If a child restraint system (whether an i-Size/ISOFIX type or one that is fitted with a Example of UN Regulation No. 44 approval label
seat belt) meets the relevant UN Regulation, it will be affixed with an approval label
as shown in the adjacent table. Before purchasing or using any child restraint “Mass group”
Safe Driving

system, make sure to check the approval label and ensure that it is compatible with Regulation number
your vehicle and the child, and that it complies with the relevant UN Regulation.
Category

Approval
number
Country code

Example of UN Regulation No. 129 approval label *

Category
Size and weight
indication
Approval number
Regulation number

Country code

62 * Not available on all models

 uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

Indian Models 1ISOFIX Child Restraint Systems

ԏ ISOFIX Child Restraint Systems When purchasing a child restraint systems, make sure
to check the ISOFIX size class or the fixture to ensure
Vehicle ISOFIX positions
that the seat is compatible with your vehicle.

Safe Driving
MASS Size Rear seat Recommended Child
Fixture Front ISOFIX Fixture
Group Class L- R- Restraint Systems*1 Description
passenger Centre Size Class (CRF)
Side Side
Right lateral-facing (carrycot)
F ISO/L1 X X X X G ISO/L2
Carrycot infant seat
G ISO/L2 X X X X Left lateral-facing (carrycot)
Group 0 Honda genuine ISOFIX F ISO/L1
infant seat
E ISO/R1 X IL IL X
up to 10 kg (Rear facing) E ISO/R1 Rearward-facing infant seat
Honda genuine ISOFIX Reduced-size rearward-facing
E ISO/R1 X IL IL X D ISO/R2
(Rear facing) child restraint systems
Group 0+ Honda genuine ISOFIX Full-size rearward-facing child
D ISO/R2 X IL IL X C ISO/R3
up to 13 kg (Rear facing) restraint systems
Honda genuine ISOFIX Reduced-height forward-facing
C ISO/R3 X IL IL X B1 ISO/F2X
(Rear facing) child restraint systems
Reduced-height forward-facing
D ISO/R2 X IL IL X B ISO/F2
child restraint systems
C ISO/R3 X IL IL X
Full-height, forward-facing child
IL: Honda genuine A ISO/F3
B ISO/F2 X IUF, IL IUF, IL X restraint systems
Group I ISOFIX (Front facing)
9 to 18 kg IL: Honda genuine
B1 ISO/F2X X IUF, IL IUF, IL X
ISOFIX (Front facing)
IL: Honda genuine
A ISO/F3 X IUF, IL IUF, IL X
ISOFIX (Front facing)
Group II
X X X X
15 to 25 kg
Group III
X X X X
22 to 36 kg

Continued 63
 uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

IUF: Suitable for forward-facing ISOFIX child restraints system of universal

category approved for use in this mass group.
IL: Suitable for particular ISOFIX child restraint systems (CRS), including those
Safe Driving

listed in the corresponding box in the right column of the table. These
ISOFIX CRS are those of the ‘specific vehicle’, ‘restricted’ or ‘semi-
universal’ categories.
X: Seat position not suitable for children in this mass group.
*1: The named Child Restraint Systems (CRS) reflect Honda’s
recommendations at the date of publication. You should speak to an
authorised dealer for up-to-date details relating to our recommended
CRSs. Other CRS may also be suitable - please consult CRS manufacturers
for recommended vehicle lists.

64
 uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

ԏ Child Restraint Systems to be Installed with a Lap/Shoulder 1Child Restraint Systems to be Installed with a Lap/Shoulder Seat
Seat Belt Belt
Mass group is specified for some child restraint
Not all of the various types of child restraint systems are suitable for use in your

Safe Driving
systems. Make sure to check the mass group as
vehicle. Before you purchase or use a child restraint system, refer to the following indicated in the manufacturer’s instructions as well as
table to ensure that the child restraint system is appropriate for the vehicle, the on the package and labels of the child restraint
seating position, and the child’s weight (mass group) and size. system.
The particular child restraint systems listed in the
table are genuine Honda products. They are available
from your dealer.
For correct installation, refer to the instructions
manual that came with the child restraint system.

Continued 65
 uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

Indian Models
ԏ Child Restraint Systems installed with Seat Belt
Seating position
Safe Driving

MASS Group Front passenger Rear seat Recommended Child Restraint Systems*1
seat L-side R-side Centre
Group 0
X U U X
up to 10 kg
Group 0+
X U U X
up to 13 kg
Group I
UF*2 U U UF
9 kg to 18 kg
Group II
UF*2 U U UF
15 kg to 25 kg
Group III
UF*2 U U UF
22 kg to 36 kg

U: Suitable for ‘universal’ category restraints approved for use in this mass group.
UF: Suitable for forward facing ‘universal’ category restraints approved for use in this mass group.
L: Suitable for particular child restraint systems given in this list. These restraints may be of the “specific vehicle,” “restricted,” or
“semi-universal” category.
X: Seat position not suitable for children in this mass group.
*1: The named Child Restraint Systems (CRS) reflect Honda’s recommendations at the date of publication. You should speak to an
authorised dealer for up to date details relating to our recommended CRSs. Other CRS may also be suitable - please consult CRS
manufacturers for recommended vehicle lists.
*2: Move the front seat to its slide rail rearmost position and adjust the front seat-back angle to its most upright position.
And if the CRS and headrest interfere, remove the headrest. The removed headrest should be stored in the luggage
compartment so that it does not fly during sudden braking or collision.
Also, remove the CRS and if an adult is seated, attach the headrest restraint to the original seat and make sure it is locked.

66
 uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

Indian Models
A size class is specified for some child restraint systems. Make sure to check the size class as indicated on the manufacturer’s instructions,
package, and labels of the child restraint.
For a correct installation, please refer to the Child Restraint Instruction Manual.

Safe Driving
Continued 67
 uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

Malaysian models
ԏ Locations for Child Restraint System Installation

Without Passenger Airbag

Suitable for universal restraint systems installed with
Safe Driving

ON/OFF SW
vehicle safety belts.

Suitable for forward facing universal restraint systems

installed with vehicle safety belts.

Suitable for i-Size and ISOFIX child restraints systems.

a *1, *2,
*4, *5
Suitable for forward facing restraint systems only.

Never use a rearward facing child restraint system.

b c *2 d
Seat position equipped with Top Tether anchorages.

*1: Adjust the seat slide to the rearmost position and adjust the seat back to the most front lock position.
*2: Forward facing only
*4: The head restraint must be removed when attaching a forward facing booster seat approved by UN R129. Store the removed head restraint in the luggage compartment so
that it does not fly during sudden braking or collision. Also, when the booster seat is removed, attach the head restraint to the original seat again and make sure it is locked.
*5: If you can not fix the child restraint system stably, adjust the seat-back angle to be parallel with the back side of the child restraint system, still keeping it forward of the seat
belt shoulder anchor.

Child restraint systems with support legs can be installed on non i-Size seating positions. However, the centre seat is excluded.

68
 uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

Seating position
Size groups a b c d
Seat position number Weight Front 2nd row

Safe Driving
Stature passenger*1, *5 Left Centre Right
Group 0 Up to 10 kg
No Yes No Yes
Seating position suitable for Group 0+ Up to 13 kg
universal belted Group I 9-18 kg
(yes/no) Group II 15-25 kg Yes*2 Yes Yes*2 Yes
Group III 22-36 kg
i-Size seating position
≤ 150 cm No Yes No Yes
(yes/no)
Seating position suitable for
Refer to genuine CRS list No Yes No Yes
recommended genuine CRS*3
Seating position suitable for
lateral fixture — No No No No
(L1/L2)
Largest suitable rearward facing Group 0 Up to 10 kg
fixture Group 0+ Up to 13 kg No R3 No R3
(R1/R2X/R2/R3) Group I 9-18 kg
Largest suitable forward facing
fixture Group I 9-18 kg No F3 No F3
(F2X/F2/F3)
Largest suitable booster fixture
≤ 150 cm B3*4 B3 B3 B3
(B2/B3)

Continued 69
 uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

1Locations for Child Restraint System Installation

*1: Adjust the seat slide to the rearmost position and adjust the seat back to the
most front lock position. When purchasing a child restraint systems, make sure
to check the ISOFIX size class or the fixture to ensure
that the seat is compatible with your vehicle.
Safe Driving

*2: Forward facing only

Fixture
Description
*3: The named Child Restraint Systems (CRS) reflect Honda’s recommendations (CRF)
at the date of publication. You should speak to an authorised dealer for up to Left lateral-facing (carrycot)
ISO/L1
infant seat
date details relating to our recommended CRSs. Other CRS may also be
Right lateral-facing (carrycot)
suitable - please consult CRS manufacturers for recommended vehicle lists. ISO/L2
infant seat
ISO/R1 Rearward-facing infant seat
*4: The head restraint must be removed when attaching a forward facing booster
Reduced-size rearward-facing
seat approved by UN R129. Store the removed head restraint in the luggage ISO/R2X
child restraint systems
compartment so that it does not fly during sudden braking or collision. Also, Reduced-size rearward-facing
when the booster seat is removed, attach the head restraint to the original ISO/R2
child restraint systems
seat again and make sure it is locked. Full-size rearward-facing child
ISO/R3
restraint systems
*5: If you can not fix the child restraint system stably, adjust the seat-back angle Reduced-height forward-facing
ISO/F2X
to be parallel with the back side of the child restraint system, still keeping it child restraint systems
forward of the seat belt shoulder anchor. Reduced-height forward-facing
ISO/F2
child restraint systems
Child restraint systems with support legs can be installed on non i-Size seating Full-height, forward-facing child
ISO/F3
positions. However, the centre seat is excluded. restraint systems
Reduced width forward-facing
ISO/B2
booster seat
Full width forward-facing
ISO/B3
booster seat

70
 uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

ԏ Malaysian Genuine CRS List

R44
Mass Group Child Restraint System Category

Safe Driving
Group 0
— —
up to 10 kg
Group 0+
— —
up to 13 kg
Group I
— —
9 to 18 kg
Group II, III
— —
15 to 36 kg
R129
Range of application Child Restraint System Category
40 to 83 cm
i-Size Universal ISOFIX
up to 13 kg Honda Baby & Kids i-size
(Rear facing)
(Birth - 15 months)
76 to 105 cm
8 to 22 kg Honda Baby & Kids i-size i-Size Universal ISOFIX
(15 months - 4 years)

Continued 71
 uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

ԏ Indian Genuine CRS List

R44
Mass Group Child Restraint System Category
Safe Driving

Group 0 Semi-universal ISOFIX

Honda genuine ISOFIX
up to 10 kg (Rear facing)
Group 0+ Semi-universal ISOFIX
Honda genuine ISOFIX
up to 13 kg (Rear facing)
Group I Semi-universal ISOFIX
Honda genuine ISOFIX
9 to 18 kg (Front facing)
Group II, III
— —
15 to 36 kg

72
 uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

ԏ Installing a Lower Anchorage-Compatible Child Restraint 1Installing a Lower Anchorage-Compatible Child Restraint System
System
3 WARNING
A lower anchorage-compatible child restraint system can be installed in either of the

Safe Driving
Never attach two child restraint systems to
two outer rear seats. A child restraint system is attached to the lower anchorages
the same anchor. In a collision, one anchor
with either the rigid or flexible type of connectors.
may not be strong enough to hold two
1. Locate the lower anchorages under the
Marks child restraint system attachments and may
marks.
* break, causing serious injury or death.

Some child restraint systems come with optional

*
guide-cups, which avoid possible damage to the seat
surface. Follow the manufacturer’s instructions when
using the guide-cups, and attach them to the lower
anchorages as shown in the image.

Lower Anchorage

Guide-Cup

* Not available on all models Continued 73

 uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

2. Place the child restraint system on the 1Installing a Lower Anchorage-Compatible Child Restraint System
vehicle seat, then attach the child restraint For your child's safety, when using a child restraint
system to the lower anchorages according system installed using the lower anchorage system,
to the instructions that came with the child make sure that the child restraint system is properly
Safe Driving

restraint system. secured to the vehicle.

u When installing the child restraint A child restraint system that is not properly secured
will not adequately protect a child in a crash and may
Rigid Type system, make sure that the lower
cause injury to the child or other vehicle occupants.
Lower anchorages are not obstructed by the
Anchorages seat belt or any other object. The flexible type may not be available in your country.

WARNING: Never use a hook that does not come

with a Top Tether anchor symbol when securing an
installed child restraint system.

Flexible Type

Child restraint system with tether strap

3. Open the tether anchorage cover behind
the head restraint or pillow.

Top Tether Anchor Symbol

74
 uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

Straight Top Tether Type 4. Route the tether strap as shown, and secure
the tether strap hook to the anchorage.
Tether Strap Make sure the strap is not twisted.
Hook 5. Tighten the tether strap as instructed by the

Safe Driving
child restraint system manufacturer.
6. Make sure the child restraint system is
firmly secured by rocking it forward and
Anchorage
back, and side to side; little movement
should be felt.
7. Make sure any unused seat belt that a child
can reach is buckled, the lockable retractor
is activated, and the belt is fully retracted
and locked.
Other Top Tether Type

Tether Strap
Hook

Anchorage

Continued 75
 uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

Child restraint system with support leg *

3. Extend the support leg until it touches the
floor as instructed by the child restraint
system manufacturer.
Safe Driving

u Confirm that the section of the floor on

which the support leg rests is level. If the
section is not level, the support leg will
not provide adequate support.
u Make sure that there is no contact
between the child restraint system and
the seat in front of it.

76 * Not available on all models

 uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

ԏ Installing a Child Restraint System with a Lap/Shoulder Seat 1Installing a Child Restraint System with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt
Belt A child restraint system that is not properly secured
will not adequately protect a child in a crash and may
A child seat can be installed with a lap/shoulder belt in any rear seat or, if absolutely cause injury to the child or other vehicle occupants.

Safe Driving
necessary, the front passenger seat.
1. Place the child restraint system on the
vehicle seat.
2. Route the seat belt through the child
restraint system according to the child
restraint system manufacturer's
instructions, and insert the latch plate into
the buckle.
u Insert the latch plate fully until it clicks.

3. Push down the tab. Route the shoulder part

Tab of the belt into the slit at the side of the
restraint.
4. Grab the shoulder part of the belt near the
buckle, and pull up to remove any slack
from the lap part of the belt.
u When doing this, place your weight on
the child restraint system and push it into
the vehicle seat.
5. Position the belt properly and push up the
tab. Make sure the belt is not twisted.
u When pushing up the tab, pull up the
upper shoulder part of the belt to
remove any slack from the belt.

Continued 77
 uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

6. Make sure the child restraint system is

firmly secured by rocking it forward and
back, and side to side; little movement
should be felt.
Safe Driving

7. Make sure any unused seat belt that a child

can reach is buckled.

Locking Clip
If your child restraint system does not come
with a mechanism that secures the belt, install
a locking clip on the seat belt.

After going through the step 1 and 2, pull up

the shoulder part of the belt and make sure
there is no slack in the lap portion.
3. Tightly grasp the belt near the latch plate.
Pinch both parts of the belt together so
they do not slip through the latch plate.
Unbuckle the seat belt.
4. Install the locking clip as shown in the
image. Position the clip as close as possible
to the latch plate.
5. Insert the latch plate into the buckle. Go to
step 6 and 7.

78
 uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

1Adding Security with a Tether

ԏ Adding Security with a Tether
WARNING: Child restraint anchorages are designed
Tether Anchorage Points A tether anchorage point is provided behind to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly
each of rear outer seating position. fitted child restraints. Under no circumstances are

Safe Driving
Cover
If you have a child restraint system that comes they to be used for adult seat belts, harnesses or for
with a tether but can be installed with a seat attaching other items or equipment to the vehicle.
belt, the tether may be used for additional
security. Always use a tether for front-facing child restraint
system when using the seat belt or lower anchorages.

Anchorage 1. Locate the appropriate tether anchorage

point.

Continued 79
 uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

2. Route the tether strap as shown, and secure

Tether Strap the tether strap hook to the anchorage.
Hook
Make sure the strap is not twisted.
3. Secure the tether strap hook to the
Safe Driving

anchorage.
Anchorage 4. Tighten the tether strap as instructed by the
child restraint system manufacturer.

Tether Strap
Hook

Anchorage

80
 uuChild SafetyuSafety of Larger Children

Safety of Larger Children

1Safety of Larger Children
ԏ Protecting Larger Children
The following pages give instructions on how to check proper seat belt fit, what kind 3 WARNING
of booster seat to use if one is needed, and important precautions for a child who Allowing a child aged 12 or under to sit in

Safe Driving
must sit in front. front can result in injury or death if the
passenger's front airbag inflates.
ԏ Checking Seat Belt Fit
If a larger child must ride in front, move the
When a child is too big for a child restraint system, secure the child in a rear seat
vehicle seat as far to the rear as possible,
using the lap/shoulder seat belt. Have the child sit upright and all the way back, then
have the child sit up properly and wear the
answer the following questions.
seat belt properly, using a booster seat if
ԏ Checklist
needed.
• Do the child's knees bend comfortably over
the edge of the seat?
• Does the shoulder belt cross between the
child's neck and arm?
• Is the lap part of the seat belt as low as
possible, touching the child's thighs?
• Will the child be able to stay seated like this
for the whole trip?
If you answer yes to all these questions, the child is ready to wear the lap/shoulder
seat belt correctly. If you answer no to any question, the child needs to ride on a
booster seat until the seat belt fits properly without a booster seat.

Continued 81
 uuChild SafetyuSafety of Larger Children

1Booster Seats
ԏ Booster Seats
When installing a booster seat, make sure to read the
If a lap/shoulder seat belt cannot be used instructions that came with it, and install the seat
properly, position the child in a booster seat in accordingly.
Safe Driving

the rear seat. For the child's safety, check that There are high- and low-type booster seats. Choose a
the child meets the booster seat booster seat that allows the child to wear the seat
manufacturer's recommendations. belt correctly.

We recommend a booster seat with a backrest as it is

easier to adjust the shoulder belt.

A backrest is available for a specific booster

seat. Install the backrest to the booster seat
and adjust it to the vehicle seat according to
the booster seat manufacturer's instructions.
Make sure the seat belt is properly routed
Guide through the guide at the shoulder of the
backrest and the belt does not touch and
cross the child’s neck.

82
 uuChild SafetyuSafety of Larger Children

ԏ Protecting Larger Children - Final Checks

Your vehicle has a rear seat where children can be properly restrained. If you ever
have to carry a group of children, and a child must ride in front:

Safe Driving
• Make sure you read and fully understand the instructions and safety information
in this manual.
• Move the front passenger seat as far back as possible.
• Have the child sit upright and well back in the seat.
• Check that the seat belt is properly positioned so that the child is secure in the
seat.

ԏ Monitoring child passengers

We strongly recommend that you keep an eye on child passengers. Even older, more
mature children sometimes need to be reminded to fasten their seat belts and sit up
properly.

83
 Exhaust Gas Hazard
Carbon Monoxide Gas
The engine exhaust from this vehicle contains carbon monoxide, a colourless, 1Carbon Monoxide Gas
odourless, and highly toxic gas. As long as you properly maintain your vehicle,
carbon monoxide gas will not get into the interior. 3 WARNING
Carbon monoxide gas is toxic.
Safe Driving

ԏ Have the exhaust system inspected for leaks whenever

• The exhaust system is making an unusual noise. Breathing it can cause unconsciousness and
• The exhaust system may have been damaged. even kill you.
• The vehicle is raised for an oil change.
Avoid any enclosed areas or activities that
expose you to carbon monoxide.
When you operate a vehicle with the boot open, airflow can pull exhaust gas into
the interior and create a hazardous condition. If you must drive with the boot open,
open all the windows and set the cooling system or climate control system as shown An enclosed area such as a garage can quickly fill up
with carbon monoxide gas.
below.
Do not run the engine with the garage door closed.
Even when the garage door is open, drive out of the
1. Select the fresh air mode. garage immediately after starting the engine.
2. Select the mode.
3. Set the fan speed to high.
4. Set the temperature control to a comfortable setting.

Adjust the cooling system or climate control system in the same manner if you sit in
your parked vehicle with the engine running.

84
 Safety Labels
Label Locations
These labels are in the locations shown. They warn you of potential hazards that can cause serious injury or death. Read these labels
carefully.

If a label comes off or becomes hard to read, contact a dealer for a replacement.

Safe Driving
Sun Visor
Child Safety/SRS Airbag
2 P. 54

Radiator Cap
Radiator Cap Danger Label

Doorjambs
Child Safety Label *
2 P. 56

Battery Danger Label *

* Not available on all models 85

86
 Instrument Panel
This chapter describes the buttons, indicators, and gauges that are used while driving.

Indicators ............................................ 88
Gauges and Displays ........................ 104
Gauges............................................ 104
Information Display * ........................ 106
Driver Information Interface * ........... 108

* Not available on all models 87

 Indicators

Indicators come on/blink depending on the condition of the vehicle. Messages may display on the driver information interface * at the same
time. Please take the appropriate action outlined in the message, such as contacting a dealer.

*1 Parking Brake and Brake *2 High Temperature

System Indicator (Red)
Æ P. 90
Shift Position
*1 Indicator (Red) */
Æ P. 92 Low Temperature Æ P. 94
*3 Indicator *
*1 Brake System Indicator (Blue)
Æ P. 90
Instrument Panel

Indicator (Amber)
*1
Door and Boot Open Æ P. 95
Seat Belt Reminder Indicator *
*1 Low Oil Pressure
Æ P. 91 Indicator
Æ P. 93
Indicator *
*1 Vehicle Stability Assist
(VSA) System Indicator
Æ P. 95
*1 Malfunction Indicator
Æ P. 91 *1 Rear Seat Belt Reminder
Lamp Indicators * Æ P. 93
*1
*1 Charging System VSA OFF Indicator Æ P. 95
Indicator
Æ P. 91
Low Fuel Indicator Æ P. 93
*1 Electric Power Steering
*2
(EPS) System Indicator
Æ P. 96
Transmission System
Indicator *
Æ P. 92 Anti-lock Brake
*3 *1
System (ABS) Æ P. 94
Indicator Turn Signal and Hazard
Warning Indicators
Æ P. 96
*2
M (7-speed manual *1
Supplemental
shift mode) Indicator */ Æ P. 92 Restraint System Æ P. 94 High-Beam Indicator Æ P. 96
*3
Shift Indicator * Indicator

*1 : When you set the power mode to ON, these indicators come on to indicate that system checks are being performed. They go off a few seconds later or after the engine
has started. If an indicator does not come on or turn off, there may be a malfunction in the corresponding system. To resolve the issue, follow the instructions in the
owner’s manual.
*2 : Models with information display
*3 : Models with driver information interface

88 * Not available on all models

 uuIndicatorsu

*2
Lights On Indicator Æ P. 96 Diesel Particulate Filter
CRUISE CONTROL
Æ P. 98 (DPF) Indicator * Æ P. 101
*3 Indicator *
Fog Light Indicator * Æ P. 96
*1
*1 Glow Plugs Indicator * Æ P. 102
Starter System Indicator * Æ P. 99

Instrument Panel
*1
Light Control Indicator * Æ P. 97
Rotate Wheel Indicator * Æ P. 99
*1 PGM-FI Indicator * Æ P. 102

*1 Keyless Access System

Indicator *
Æ P. 98
Shift to Park Indicator * Æ P. 99 Water in Fuel Indicator * Æ P. 102

ECON Mode Indicator * Æ P. 98 Low Tyre Pressure/

*1
Deflation Warning NO KEY Indicator * Æ P. 103
Æ P. 100
System Indicator *
ECO Indicator * Æ P. 98
KEY BATT Indicator * Æ P. 103
*1
Speed Alarm Indicator * Æ P. 101
*2
Immobilizer System
Indicator Æ P. 97
CRUISE MAIN Indicator * Æ P. 98 System Message
*3 Æ P. 101
Indicator * Security System Alarm
Indicator
Æ P. 97

*1 : When you set the power mode to ON, these indicators come on to indicate that system checks are being performed. They go off a few seconds later or after the engine
has started. If an indicator does not come on or turn off, there may be a malfunction in the corresponding system. To resolve the issue, follow the instructions in the
owner’s manual.
*2 : Models with information display
*3 : Models with driver information interface

* Not available on all models Continued 89

 uuIndicatorsu

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation

Ծ Comes on when the parking brake is applied, Ծ The beeper sounds and the indicator comes on
and goes off when it is released. if you drive with the parking brake not fully
released.
Ծ Comes on when the brake fluid level is low. Ծ Comes on while driving - Make sure the
Instrument Panel

Parking Brake parking brake is released.

and Brake Stop in a safe place and check the brake fluid
System level.
(Red) 2 What to do when the indicator comes on
Indicator (Red)
while driving P. 343

Ծ Comes on if there is a problem with the brake Ծ Comes on along with the ABS indicator -
system. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
2 If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes
On P. 343

Ծ Comes on if there is a problem with a system Ծ Comes on while driving - Have your vehicle
Brake System related to braking other than the conventional checked by a dealer.
Indicator brake system. Ծ With this indicator on, your vehicle still has
(Amber)
(Amber) normal braking ability.

90
 uuIndicatorsu

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation

Ծ Comes on when the engine oil pressure is low. Ծ Comes on while driving - Immediately stop
in a safe place.
Low Oil
2 If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes
Pressure On P. 340
Indicator *
Diesel models

Instrument Panel
2 Starting the Engine P. 206

Ծ Comes on if there is a problem with the

emissions control systems.
Malfunction 2 If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes
Petrol models
Indicator Lamp On or Blinks P. 343
Ծ Blinks when a misfire in the engine's cylinders is
detected.
Ծ Comes on when the battery is not charging. Ծ Stop in a safe place and have your vehicle
Charging
checked by a dealer immediately.
System
2 If the Charging System Indicator Comes
Indicator
On P. 342

* Not available on all models Continued 91

 uuIndicatorsu

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation

Ծ Blinks if the transmission system has a problem. Ծ Blinks while driving - Avoid sudden starts
*1 and acceleration and have your vehicle checked
Transmission by a dealer immediately.
System
*2 Models with paddle shifters Have your vehicle checked by a dealer
Indicator * Ծ
Instrument Panel

Ծ Blinks if the transmission system has a problem immediately.

and the paddle shifters cannot be used.

*1 M (7-speed Ծ Comes on when the 7-speed manual shift

manual shift mode is applied.
mode) 2 7-Speed Manual Shift Mode P. 217
*2
Indicator */Shift
Indicator *

*1
Ծ Indicates the current shift position.

Shift Position
2 Shifting P. 215
*2 Indicator *

*1:Models with information display

*2:Models with driver information interface

92 * Not available on all models

 uuIndicatorsu

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation

Ծ Comes on if you are not wearing a seat belt Ծ The beeper stops and the indicator goes off
when you set the power mode to ON. when you and the front passenger fasten their
Ծ If the front passenger is not wearing a seat belt, seat belts.
Seat Belt
the indicator comes on a few seconds later. Ծ Stays on after you and/or the front
Reminder
Blinks while driving if you and/or the front passenger has fastened the seat belt(s) - A

Instrument Panel
Ծ
Indicator
passenger has not fastened a seat belt. The detection error may have occurred in the
beeper sounds and the indicator blinks at sensor. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
regular intervals. 2 Seat Belt Reminder P. 36

Ծ Comes on if the rear seat belts are unfastened Ծ Goes off when the rear passengers have
Rear Seat Belt when you set the power mode to ON. fastened their seat belts.
Reminder Ծ Blinks and the beeper sounds while driving if 2 Seat Belt Reminder P. 36
Indicators * the rear seat belts are unfastened.

Ծ Comes on when the fuel reserve is running low Ծ Comes on - Refuel your vehicle as soon as
(approximately 6.0 Litres left). possible.
Ծ Blinks if there is a problem with the fuel gauge. Ծ Blinks - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
Low Fuel Diesel models Ծ Even if you depress the accelerator pedal, the
Indicator Ծ The fuel gauge dot disappeared. engine speed (RPM) will not increase.
Ծ Refuel your vehicle as soon as possible then
restart the engine. The vehicle speed limit will
be released when refueling 10.0 Litres or more.
2 Refueling P. 246

* Not available on all models Continued 93

 uuIndicatorsu

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation

Ծ Comes on if there is a problem with the ABS. Ծ Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle
Anti-lock Brake checked by a dealer. With this indicator on,
System (ABS) your vehicle still has normal braking ability but
Indicator no anti-lock function.
2 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) P. 237
Instrument Panel

Ծ Comes on if a problem with any of the Ծ Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle
Supplemental following is detected: checked by a dealer.
Restraint - Supplemental restraint system
System - Side airbag system
Indicator - Side curtain airbag system *
- Seat belt tensioner
Ծ Blinks when the engine coolant temperature Ծ Comes on blue when the engine coolant
goes up, and stays on if the temperature temperature is low.
High continues to rise. Ծ Blinks while driving - Drive slowly to prevent
Temperature overheating.
Indicator (Red) * Ծ Stays on while driving - Immediately stop in
a safe place and allow the engine to cool.
2 Overheating P. 338

Ծ Comes on when the engine coolant Ծ If the indicator stays on after the engine has
Low temperature is low. reached normal operating temperature, there
Temperature may be a problem with the temperature
Indicator (Blue) sensors. Have your vehicle inspected by a
dealer.

94 * Not available on all models

 uuIndicatorsu

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation

Ծ Comes on if any door or the boot is not Ծ Goes off when the boot and all doors are
Door and Boot
completely closed. closed.
Open Ծ The beeper sounds and the indicator comes on
Indicator *
if the boot or any door is opened while driving.

Instrument Panel
Ծ Blinks when VSA is active. —
Ծ Comes on if there is a problem with the VSA Ծ Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle
Vehicle Stability system, brake assist system, hill start assist checked by a dealer.
Assist (VSA) system. 2 Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA) System
System P. 228
Indicator
Ծ Comes on if the VSA system is deactivated Ծ Drive a short distance at more than 20 km/h.
temporarily after the battery has been The indicator should go off. If it does not, have
disconnected, then re-connected. your vehicle checked by a dealer.
Ծ Comes on when you partially disable VSA. 2 VSA On and Off P. 229
Vehicle Stability
Assist (VSA) Ծ Comes on if the VSA system is deactivated Ծ Drive a short distance at more than 20 km/h.
OFF Indicator temporarily after the battery has been The indicator should go off. If it does not, have
disconnected, then re-connected. your vehicle checked by a dealer.

* Not available on all models Continued 95

 uuIndicatorsu

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation

Ծ Comes on if there is a problem with the EPS Ծ Comes on while driving - Immediately stop
Electric Power System. in a safe place.
Steering (EPS) Ծ Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle
System checked by a dealer.
Indicator 2 If the Electric Power Steering (EPS) System
Instrument Panel

Indicator Comes On P. 344

Ծ Blinks when you operate the turn signal lever. Ծ Does not blink or blinks rapidly
Turn Signal and
Ծ Blink along with all turn signals when you press 2 Replacing Light Bulbs P. 282, 285, 286
Hazard the hazard warning button.
Warning Ծ Blink along with all turn signals when you
Indicators depress the brake pedal while the high speed 2 Emergency Stop Signal P. 239
driving.

High-Beam Ծ Comes on when the high beam headlights are

on. —
Indicator

Lights On Ծ Comes on when the position, tail, and other

2 Light Switches P. 161
Indicator external lights are on.

Fog Light Ծ Comes on when the fog lights are on.

2 Fog Lights * P. 163
Indicator *

96 * Not available on all models

 uuIndicatorsu

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation

Models with automatic lighting control Ծ Comes on while driving - Manually turn the
Ծ Comes on if there is a problem with the lights on, and have your vehicle checked by a
automatic lighting control system. dealer.
Light Control
Indicator * Models with LED headlights Ծ Comes on while driving - The headlights

Instrument Panel
Ծ Comes on if there is a problem with the may not be on. When conditions allow you to
headlights. drive safely, have your vehicle checked by a
dealer as soon as possible.
Ծ Blinks if the immobilizer system cannot Ծ Blinks - You cannot start the engine. Set the
recognise the key information. power mode to VEHICLE OFF, then select the
ON mode again.
Immobilizer Ծ Repeatedly blinks - The system may be
System
malfunctioning. Have your vehicle checked by a
Indicator Indicator
dealer.
Ծ Do not attempt to alter this system or add other
devices to it. Electrical problems can occur.
Ծ Blinks when the security system alarm has been
Security System set.
2 Security System Alarm P. 149
Alarm Indicator
Indicator

* Not available on all models Continued 97

 uuIndicatorsu

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation

Keyless Access Ծ Comes on as soon as a problem is detected in • Stays on constantly or does not come on
System the keyless access system * or keyless starting at all - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
Indicator * system.
Ծ Comes on when the ECON mode is on.
ECON Mode
Instrument Panel

2 ECON Mode * P. 221

Indicator *

Ծ Comes on while the engine is operating in its

ECO Indicator * —
most economical range.

*1
Ծ Comes on when you press the CRUISE button.
CRUISE MAIN
2 Cruise Control * P. 222
*2 Indicator *

*1
Ծ Comes on if you have set a speed for cruise
CRUISE control.
CONTROL 2 Cruise Control * P. 222
*2
Indicator *

*1:Models with information display

*2:Models with driver information interface

98 * Not available on all models

 uuIndicatorsu

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation

Ծ Comes on if the starting system has a problem. Ծ As a temporary measure, press and hold the
ENGINE START/STOP button for 15 seconds
Starter System
while pressing the brake pedal and clutch pedal
Indicator *
(manual transmission), and manually start the
engine. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

Instrument Panel
Ծ Comes on when the steering wheel is locked. Ծ Move the steering wheel left and right while
Rotate Wheel
Indicator * pressing the ENGINE START/STOP button.

Ծ Blinks if you push the ENGINE START/STOP Ծ Push the ENGINE START/STOP button twice
Shift to Park
button to turn the engine off without the shift after moving the shift lever to (P .
Indicator *
lever in (P .

* Not available on all models Continued 99

 uuIndicatorsu

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation

Ծ May come on briefly if the power mode is set to Ծ Comes on while driving - Stop in a safe
ON and the vehicle is not moved within 45 place, check tyre pressures, and inflate the
seconds, to indicate the initialise process is not tyre(s) if necessary.
yet complete. Ծ Stays on after the tyres are inflated to the
Comes on and stays on when: recommended pressures - The system needs
Instrument Panel

- One or more tyres’ pressures are determined to be initialised.

Low Tyre to be significantly low. 2 Deflation Warning System Initialisation
Pressure/ - The system has not been initialised. P. 232
Deflation
Warning Ծ Blinks for about one minute, and then stays on Ծ Blinks and remains on - Have your vehicle
System if there is a problem with the deflation warning checked by a dealer. If the vehicle is fitted with
Indicator * system, or when a compact spare tyre * is a compact spare tyre *, get your regular tyre
temporarily installed. repaired or replaced and put back on your
vehicle as soon as you can.
Ծ Comes on if the deflation warning system is Ծ Drive a short distance at more than 20 km/h.
deactivated temporarily after the battery has The indicator should go off. If it does not, have
been disconnected, then re-connected. your vehicle checked by a dealer.

100 * Not available on all models

 uuIndicatorsu

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation

Ծ Comes on when your vehicle speed exceeds 80 Ծ This indicator keeps illuminating while your
km/h. A reminder tone sounds about every two vehicle speed is faster than 80 km/h.
Speed Alarm
minutes. Ծ This indicator keeps blinking while your vehicle
Indicator * Ծ Blinks when your vehicle speed exceeds 120 speed is faster than 120 km/h.
km/h. A reminder tone sounds continuously.

Instrument Panel
Ծ Comes on along with a beep when a problem Ծ While the indicator is on, press the (home)
is detected. A system message on the driver button, and select Information to see the
information interface appears at the same time. message again.
2 Switching the Display P. 108
Ծ Refer to the Indicators information in this
System
chapter when a system message appears on
Message
the driver information interface. Respond to
Indicator *
the message accordingly.
Ծ The driver information interface does not
return to the normal screen unless the warning
is cancelled, or the left selector wheel is
pressed.
Ծ Blinks when you need to regenerate the diesel
Diesel 2 Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) P. 277
particulate filter (DPF). This is not a DPF failure.
Particulate
Filter (DPF) Ծ Comes on when you ignore it blinking. Ծ Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
Indicator * Particulate matter has started clogging the DPF
system. This is a problem.

* Not available on all models Continued 101

 uuIndicatorsu

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation

Ծ Comes on for a while when you set the power Ծ Stays on - The engine is cold. The engine can
mode to ON under the extremely low engine be started once the indicator goes off.
coolant temperature condition, then goes off. 2 Starting the Engine P. 206
Glow Plugs
Ծ If you still find it hard to start the engine, have
your vehicle inspected by your dealer.
Instrument Panel

Indicator *
Ծ Comes on if the engine is cold when you press Ծ The engine automatically starts when the
the ENGINE START/STOP button. indicator goes off.
2 Starting the Engine P. 206

Ծ Comes on while driving if there is a problem

2 If the PGM-FI Indicator Comes On P. 346
with the engine control system.
PGM-FI
Indicator * Ծ Comes on if you do not use the proper fuel for Ծ Use of inadequate fuel may reduce engine
the climate or regional conditions. power.
2 Fuel recommendation P. 247

Ծ Comes on when water has accumulated in the Ծ Have a dealer drain off the water from the
Water in Fuel fuel system. system as soon as possible. Accumulated water
Indicator * Ծ Comes on if you have parked your vehicle for may cause damage to the fuel system.
an extended period. Ծ Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

102 * Not available on all models

 uuIndicatorsu

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation

Ծ Comes on when you close the door with the Ծ The indicator goes off when you bring the
NO KEY
power mode in ON without the keyless remote keyless remote back inside the vehicle, and
Indicator *
inside the vehicle. close the door.
Ծ Comes on when the keyless remote’s battery Ծ Replace the battery as soon as possible.

Instrument Panel
KEY BATT becomes weak. 2 Replacing the Button Battery P. 306
Indicator *

* Not available on all models 103

 Gauges and Displays
Gauges
Gauges include the speedometer, fuel gauge, and other related indicators. They are
displayed when the power mode is in ON.

ԏ Speedometer
Displays your driving speed in km/h.
Instrument Panel

ԏ Fuel Gauge 1Fuel Gauge

Displays the amount of fuel left in the fuel tank. NOTICE

You should refuel when the reading approaches E .
Running out of fuel can cause the engine to misfire,
ԏ Tachometer damaging the catalytic converter.
Shows the number of engine revolutions per minute.
The actual amount of remaining fuel may differ from
the fuel gauge reading.
Models with information display
1Instant Fuel Economy
ԏ Instant Fuel Economy
Diesel models
Shows the instant fuel economy as a bar graph in km/l * or l/100 km *. You may temporarily find the instant fuel economy
lower than in normal driving while the DPF (diesel
particulate filter) system is in operation.

104 * Not available on all models

 uuGauges and DisplaysuGauges

1Outside Temperature
ԏ Outside Temperature
The temperature sensor is in the front bumper. Road
Shows the outside temperature in Celsius. heat and exhaust from another vehicle can affect the
If the outside temperature has been below 3°C at the time you set the power mode temperature reading when your vehicle speed is less
to ON, the outside temperature indicator blinks for 10 seconds. than 30 km/h.

ԏ Adjusting the outside temperature display It may take several minutes for the display to be

Instrument Panel
updated after the temperature reading has stabilised.
Adjust the temperature reading up to ±3ºC if the temperature reading seems
incorrect. Models with driver information interface
Models with information display You can adjust the temperature reading.
1. Set the power mode to ON. 2 Settings P. 116
2. Press and hold the TRIP/CLOCK button for 10 seconds or more while the outside
temperature is shown on the information display.
u The information display goes into temperature adjustment mode. The display
starts showing from -3°C to +3°C.
3. Release the TRIP/CLOCK button when the right adjustment amount is shown.
u The adjustment is complete.

ԏ Clock 1Clock
You can adjust the time manually or change the clock
Shows the clock. display to show the 12 hour clock or 24 hour clock on
the information display * or driver information
Models with driver information interface interface *.
2 Settings P. 116
ԏ Odometer
2 Clock P. 124
Shows the total number of kilometres that your vehicle has accumulated.

* Not available on all models 105

 uuGauges and DisplaysuInformation Display *

Information Display *
The information display shows the odometer, trip meter, and other gauges.

ԏ Switching the Display

Press the TRIP/CLOCK button to change the display.
Instrument Panel

Odometer, Range, Trip Meter A Average Fuel Average Fuel Clock Adjust
Trip Meter A Economy A, Economy B,
Trip Meter A Trip Meter B

TRIP/CLOCK Button

106 * Not available on all models

 uuGauges and DisplaysuInformation Display *

ԏ Odometer
Shows the total number of kilometres that your vehicle has accumulated.

1Trip Meter
ԏ Trip Meter
Switch between trip meter A and trip meter B by
Shows the total number of kilometres driven since the last reset. Meters A and B can pressing the TRIP/CLOCK button.

Instrument Panel
be used to measure two separate trips.

ԏ Resetting a trip meter

To reset a trip meter, display it, then press and hold the TRIP/CLOCK button. The
trip meter is reset to 0.0.

ԏ Average Fuel Economy

Shows the estimated average fuel economy of each trip meter in km/l * or l/100 km *.
The display is updated at set intervals. When a trip meter is reset, the average fuel
economy is also reset.

ԏ Range
Shows the estimated distance you can travel on the remaining fuel. This estimated
distance is based on the vehicle’s current fuel economy.

* Not available on all models 107

 uuGauges and DisplaysuDriver Information Interface *

Driver Information Interface *

The driver information interface shows information such as the estimated travelable
distance and fuel economy of the vehicle. It also displays messages such as warnings
and other helpful information.
When a warning message displays, please check the message and contact a dealer
and have the vehicle inspected if necessary. Please refer to the pages below if the
“Engine Oil Pressure Low” or “Engine Temperature Too Hot” message is
displayed.
Instrument Panel

2 If the Low Oil Pressure Warning Appears P. 341

2 Overheating P. 338
Diesel models
Please refer to the page below if the “Engine Control System Problem” message
is displayed.
2 If the PGM-FI Symbol Appears P. 347

ԏ Switching the Display 1Switching the Display

If a warning initially appears, you can - after reading
Press the (home) button, then roll the left selector wheel to scroll to the content it - press the (home) button to proceed
you want to see. Press the left selector wheel to see detailed information. immediately to the content or to any other
warning(s).

To go back to the home screen, press the (home)

button.

You can add or delete the meter contents.

2 Customize Display P. 115

108 * Not available on all models

 uuGauges and DisplaysuDriver Information Interface *

Tachometer Information
2 P. 110 2 P. 115

Instrument Panel
Range & Fuel Customize
Display
2 P. 110
2 P. 115

Speed & Time G-meter * Settings

2 P. 112 2 P. 114 2 P. 116
Left Selector
Wheel

(home) Button

Roll the left selector wheel.

* Not available on all models Continued 109

 uuGauges and DisplaysuDriver Information Interface *

ԏ Tachometer 1Tachometer

Shows the number of engine revolutions per minute and other contents will hide. The tachometer can be turned on and off using
Settings.
2 Settings P. 116
Even if you have turned off the tachometer using
Settings, if Tachometer is selected on the driver
ԏ Range/Fuel/Trip Meter information interface, it will change to a tachometer-
Instrument Panel

only display.
Roll the left selector wheel to switch between trip meter A and trip meter B.

Range

Average Fuel
Economy

Instant Fuel Economy

Trip Meter A
Trip Meter

Trip Meter B
Left Selector Wheel
Roll the left
selector wheel.

110
 uuGauges and DisplaysuDriver Information Interface *

ԏ Trip meter 1Trip meter

Shows the total number of kilometres driven since the last reset. Meters A and B can Switch between trip meter A and trip meter B by
be used to measure two separate trips. rolling the left selector wheel.

Resetting a trip meter

To reset the trip meter, display it, press the left selector wheel and then select Reset.
u The trip meter is reset to 0.0.

Instrument Panel
ԏ Average fuel economy 1Average fuel economy
Shows the estimated average fuel economy of each trip meter in km/l * or l/100 km *. You can change when to reset the average fuel
The display is updated at set intervals. When a trip meter is reset, the average fuel economy.
economy is also reset. 2 Settings P. 116

ԏ Instant fuel economy 1Instant fuel economy

Shows the instant fuel economy as a bar graph in km/l * or l/100 km *. Diesel models
You may temporarily find the instant fuel economy
ԏ Range lower than in normal driving while the DPF (diesel
Shows the estimated distance you can travel on the remaining fuel. This estimated particulate filter) system is in operation.
distance is based on the vehicle’s current fuel economy.

* Not available on all models Continued 111

 uuGauges and DisplaysuDriver Information Interface *

ԏ Speed & Time

Roll the left selector wheel to switch between trip meter A and trip meter B.

Average Speed
Instrument Panel

Elapsed Time

Trip Meter A Trip Meter

Trip Meter B
Left Selector Wheel
Roll the left
selector wheel.

112
 uuGauges and DisplaysuDriver Information Interface *

ԏ Trip meter
2 Trip meter P. 111

ԏ Elapsed Time 1Elapsed Time

Shows the time elapsed since the last time Trip A or Trip B was reset. You can change when to reset the elapsed time.
2 Settings P. 116

Instrument Panel
ԏ Average Speed 1Average Speed
Shows the average speed in km/h since the last time Trip A or Trip B was reset. You can change when to reset the average speed.
2 Settings P. 116

Continued 113
 uuGauges and DisplaysuDriver Information Interface *

ԏ G-meter * 1G-meter *
The meter does not display a lateral force larger than
Displays the strength (G) and direction of the load that is applied to the vehicle 0.5 G.
during driving.

When decelerated while moving forward

When accelerated while reversing
Instrument Panel

Lateral forces of
the past three
seconds (white)

When When
steering to steering to
the right the left

Real-time
lateral force
(red)

When accelerated while moving forward

When decelerated while reversing

114 * Not available on all models

 uuGauges and DisplaysuDriver Information Interface *

ԏ Customize Display 1Customize Display

Icons that are gray cannot be removed from the
Change the settings to your liking. home screen.

ԏ Arrange content
You can choose which icons to display on the home screen.
1. Roll the left selector wheel to scroll to select

Instrument Panel
Customize Display, then press the left
selector wheel.
2. Roll the left selector wheel to scroll to select
Hide/Show, then press the left selector
wheel.

3. Roll the left selector wheel to scroll

between icons, then press the left selector
wheel to check or uncheck them.

ԏ Information 1Information
If there are multiple warnings or informations, you
You can check if there are any active warning messages.
can roll the left selector wheel to see other warnings.

Continued 115
 uuGauges and DisplaysuDriver Information Interface *

ԏ Settings 1Settings
To customize other features, roll the left selector
Use the driver information interface to customize certain features. wheel.
2 List of customizable options P. 117
ԏ How to customize 2 Example of customization settings P. 121
Select the screen by pressing the (home) button and rolling the left selector
wheel while the power mode is in ON, and the vehicle is at a complete stop. Press Continuously variable transmission models
Instrument Panel

the left selector wheel. When you customize settings, shift to (P .

Manual transmission models
When you customize settings, set the parking brake.

(home) Button

Left selector wheel

Roll: Changes the customize
menus and items.
Press: Enter the selected item.

116
 uuGauges and DisplaysuDriver Information Interface *

ԏ List of customizable options

Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings

Deflation
Warning — Initialises the deflation warning system. Initialise/Cancel
System *

Instrument Panel
Adjusts the time.
Clock Adjustment —
Clock Setup 2 Adjusting the Clock P. 124

Clock Display Sets time display 24 hour, 12 hour or off. 24h/12h*1/OFF

Adjust Outside Temp.

Adjusts the temperature reading by a few degrees. -3°C ~ ±0°C*1 ~ +3°C
Display
Changes the setting of how to reset trip meter A, When Fully Refueled/When
“Trip A” Reset Timing average fuel economy A, average speed A, and Ignition Is Turned OFF/
elapsed time A. Manual Reset*1

Changes the setting of how to reset trip meter B, When Fully Refueled/When
Meter Setup “Trip B” Reset Timing average fuel economy B, average speed B, and Ignition Is Turned OFF/
elapsed time B. Manual Reset*1
Changes the alarm volume, such as buzzers,
Alarm Volume Control Max/Mid*1/Min
warnings, turn signal sound, and so on.

Fuel Efficiency Backlight Turns the ambient meter feature on and off. ON*1/OFF

Selects whether the tachometer is displayed on the

Tachometer ON*1/OFF
driver information interface.

*1:Default Setting

* Not available on all models Continued 117

 uuGauges and DisplaysuDriver Information Interface *

Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings

Changes which doors unlock when you grab the
Door Unlock Mode * Driver Door Only*1/All Doors
driver’s door handle.
Keyless Access Beep Changes the beep tone that sounds when you have
High*1/Low
Keyless Volume a keyless remote and grab a front door handle.
Instrument Panel

Access Setup Sets the beeper sound or not when you grab either
Keyless Access Beep ON*1/OFF
front door handle.
Remote Start System
Turns the remote engine start feature on and off. ON*1/OFF
ON/OFF *
Interior Light Dimmer Changes the length of time the interior lights stay
60sec/30sec*1/15sec
Duration on after you close the doors.

Headlight Auto OFF Changes the length of time the exterior lights stay
60sec/30sec/15sec*1/0sec
Timer on after you close the driver’s door.
Lighting Changes the sensitivity of the brightness of the
Setup Instrument Illumination
instrument panel when the headlight switch is in the Max/High/Mid*1/Low/Min
Sensitivity
AUTO position.
Changes the settings for the wiper operation when
Headlight Integration
the headlights automatically come on while the ON*1/OFF
With Wipers
headlight switch is in the AUTO position.

*1:Default Setting

118 * Not available on all models

 uuGauges and DisplaysuDriver Information Interface *

Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings

Changes the setting for when the doors With Vehicle Speed*1/Shift
Auto Door Lock
automatically lock. From P*2/OFF
Indian models
Shift To P*2, *3/IGN OFF*4/OFF

Instrument Panel
African models
Changes the setting for when the doors Driver Door With Shift To
Auto Door Unlock
automatically unlock. P*1/Driver Door With IGN
Door Setup OFF/All Doors With Shift To
P/All Doors With IGN OFF/
OFF

Key And Remote Unlock Sets up either the driver’s door or all doors to unlock
Driver Door Only*1/All Doors
Mode * on the first operation of the remote.
Changes the settings for the automatic locking the
Walk Away Lock doors when you walk away from the vehicle while ON/OFF*1
carrying the keyless access remote.

*1:Default Setting
*2:Continuously variable transmission models
*3:Default Setting for continuously variable transmission
*4:Default Setting for manual transmission

* Not available on all models Continued 119

 uuGauges and DisplaysuDriver Information Interface *

Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings

Keyless Lock LOCK/UNLOCK- The exterior lights flash.

ON*1/OFF
Notification LOCK (2nd push)- The beeper sounds.
Changes the time it takes for the doors to relock and
Door Setup Security Relock Timer the security system to set after you unlock the 90sec/60sec/30sec*1
Instrument Panel

vehicle without opening any door.

Auto Folding Door Auto Fold With Keyless*1/

Changes how you can fold the door mirrors.
Mirror * Manual Only
Cancels customized changes you have made or
Default All — Cancel/OK
restores them to their default setting.

*1:Default Setting

120 * Not available on all models

 uuGauges and DisplaysuDriver Information Interface *

ԏ Example of customization settings

The steps for changing the “Trip A” Reset Timing setting to When Fully Refueled
are shown below. The default setting for “Trip A” Reset Timing is Manual Reset.
1. Press the (home) button and roll the left
selector wheel to select , then press the
left selector wheel.

Instrument Panel
2. Roll the left selector wheel until Meter
Setup appears on the display.
3. Press the left selector wheel.
u Adjust Outside Temp. Display appears
first on the display.

Continued 121
 uuGauges and DisplaysuDriver Information Interface *

4. Roll the left selector wheel until “Trip A”

Reset Timing appears on the display, then
press the left selector wheel.
u The display switches to the
customization setup screen, where you
can select When Fully Refueled, When
Ignition Is Turned OFF, Manual Reset,
Instrument Panel

or Back.

5. Roll the left selector wheel and select

When Fully Refueled, then press the left
selector wheel.
u The display will return to the
customization menu screen.

6. Roll the left selector wheel until Back

appears on the display, then press the left
selector wheel.
7. Repeat Step 6 until you return to the
normal screen.

122
 Controls
This chapter explains how to operate the various controls necessary for driving.

Clock .................................................. 124 Security System Alarm...................... 149 Adjusting the Steering Wheel .......... 171
Locking and Unlocking the Doors Windows ........................................... 151 Mirrors
Key .................................................. 126 Sunroof * ............................................ 155 Interior Rearview Mirror ................... 172
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Operating the Switches Around the Power Door Mirrors ......................... 173
Outside .......................................... 128 Steering Wheel Seats
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the ENGINE START/STOP Button............. 157 Front Seats ...................................... 175
Inside ............................................. 135 Turn Signals ..................................... 160 Armrest * ......................................... 182
Childproof Door Locks ..................... 138 Light Switches.................................. 161 Interior Convenience Items.............. 183
Auto Door Locking/Unlocking * ........ 139 Fog Lights * ...................................... 163 Cooling System *
Customizing the Auto Door Locking/ Headlight Adjuster * ......................... 164 Using Vents and A/C........................ 191
Unlocking Setting * ......................... 140 Daytime Running Lights ................... 165 Climate Control System *
Opening and Closing the Boot ........ 146 Wipers and Washers ........................ 166 Using Automatic Climate Control .... 194
Security System Brightness Control ........................... 168 Automatic Climate Control Sensors... 197
Immobilizer System .......................... 149 Rear Demister Button....................... 170

* Not available on all models 123

 Clock
Adjusting the Clock
You can adjust the time in the clock display with the power mode in ON.

ԏ Adjusting the Time

Models with information display
(+ Button
1. Press the TRIP/CLOCK button repeatedly
(- Button until the displayed time begins flashing.
2. Press and hold the TRIP/CLOCK button to
change the setting between 12h and 24h,
or to turn off the clock.
Controls

TRIP/CLOCK 3. Press the (+ or (- button to adjust the

Button minutes.
As you increase or decrease the minutes,
the hour moves forward or backward.
4. Press the TRIP/CLOCK button to complete
clock adjustment.

124
 uuClockuAdjusting the Clock

Models with driver information interface

1. Select the Settings screen.
2 Settings P. 116
2. Roll the left selector wheel to select Clock
Setup, then push the left selector wheel.

3. Roll the left selector wheel until Clock

Controls
Adjustment appears on the display.
4. Push the left selector wheel.

5. Roll the left selector wheel to change hour,

then push the left selector wheel.
6. Roll the left selector wheel to change
minute, then push the left selector wheel.
7. Press the button to return to the normal
screen.

125
 Locking and Unlocking the Doors
Key
This vehicle comes with the following keys: 1Key
Use the key to start and stop the engine, and All the keys have an immobilizer system. The
Keyless to lock and unlock all the doors and to open immobilizer system helps to protect against vehicle
Keyless Remote with
the boot. theft.
Remote * engine start *
2 Immobilizer System P. 149

Follow the advice below to prevent damage to the

keys:
• Do not leave the keys in direct sunlight, or in
locations with high temperature or high humidity.
• Do not drop the keys or set heavy objects on them.
Controls

• Keep the keys away from liquids, dust and sand.

• Do not take the keys apart except for replacing the
battery.
If the circuits in the keys are damaged, the engine
may not start, and the remote transmitter may not
ԏ Built-in Key work.
If the keys do not work properly, have them
Built-in Key
The built-in key can be used to lock/unlock the inspected by a dealer.
doors when the keyless remote battery
becomes weak and the power door lock/ Models with remote engine start
unlock operation is disabled. You can remotely start the engine using the remote
engine start.
To remove the built-in key, slide the release
2 Remote Engine Start * P. 209
knob and then pull out the key. To reinstall
the built-in key, push the built-in key into the
Release Knob
keyless remote until it clicks.

126 * Not available on all models

 uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLow Keyless Remote Signal Strength

ԏ Key Number Tag 1Key Number Tag

Keep the key number tag separate from the key in a
Contains a number that you will need if you safe place outside of your vehicle.
purchase a replacement key. If you wish to purchase an additional key, contact a
dealer.

If you lose your key and you cannot start the engine,
contact a dealer.

Controls
Low Keyless Remote Signal Strength 1Low Keyless Remote Signal Strength
The vehicle transmits radio waves to locate the keyless remote when locking/ Communication between the keyless remote and the
unlocking the doors *, opening the boot *, or to start the engine. vehicle consumes the keyless remote’s battery.
Battery life is about two years, but this varies
depending on regularity of use.
In the following cases, locking/unlocking the doors or opening the boot or starting The battery is consumed whenever the keyless
the engine may be inhibited or operation may be unstable: remote is receiving strong radio waves. Avoid placing
• Strong radio waves are being transmitted by nearby equipment. it near electrical appliances such as televisions and
• You are carrying the keyless remote together with telecommunications personal computers.
equipment, laptop computers, mobile phones, or wireless devices.
• A metallic object is touching or covering the keyless remote. It is possible to reduce battery consumption by
turning off radio wave reception. When you hold
down the lock and unlock buttons at the same time
for approximately three seconds, the LED will blink
twice and radio wave reception will turn off.
If you press any button on the keyless remote once, it
will begin receiving radio waves again.

* Not available on all models 127

 uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside

Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside

1Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
ԏ Using the Keyless Access System *
If the interior light switch is in the door activated
When you carry the keyless remote, you can
position, the interior light comes on when you unlock
lock/unlock the doors and open the boot. the doors.
No doors opened: The light fades out after 30
You can lock/unlock the doors or open the seconds.
boot within a radius of about 80 cm of the Doors relocked with the remote: The light goes off
outside door handle. immediately.
2 Interior Lights P. 183

1Using the Keyless Access System *

Controls

If you do not open a door within 30 seconds of

ԏ Locking the doors unlocking the vehicle, the doors will automatically
Press the door lock button on the front door. relock.
u Some exterior lights flash; the beeper
sounds; all the doors and the boot lock; You can lock or unlock doors using the keyless access
and the security system sets. system only when the power mode is in VEHICLE OFF
(LOCK).
Door
• Do not leave the keyless remote in the vehicle
Lock when you get out. Carry it with you.
Button • Even if you are not carrying the keyless remote, you
can lock/unlock the doors while someone else with
the remote is within range.
• The door may be unlocked if the door handle is
covered with water in heavy rain or in a carwash if
the keyless remote is within range.
• If you grip a front door handle wearing gloves, the
door sensor may be slow to respond or may not
respond by unlocking the doors.

128 * Not available on all models

 uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside

ԏ Unlocking the doors 1Using the Keyless Access System *

Except African models • After locking the door, you have up to 2 seconds
Grab the front door handle. during which you can pull the door handle to
u All the doors and the boot unlock. confirm whether the door is locked. If you need to
u Some exterior lights flash twice and the unlock the door immediately after locking it, wait
at least 2 seconds before gripping the handle,
beeper sounds twice.
otherwise the door will not unlock.
African models • The door may not open if you pull it immediately
Grab the driver’s door handle: after gripping the door handle. Grip the handle
u The driver’s door unlocks. again and confirm that the door is unlocked before
pulling the handle.

Controls
u Some exterior lights flash twice and the
• Even within the 80 cm radius, you may not be able
beeper sounds twice.
to lock/unlock the doors with the keyless remote if
Grab the front passenger’s door handle: it is above or below the outside handle.
u All doors unlock. • The keyless remote may not operate if it is too close
u Some exterior lights flash twice and the to the door and door glass.
beeper sounds twice.
Press the boot release button:
u The boot unlocks and opens.
u Some exterior lights flash twice and the
beeper sounds.
2 Using the Boot Release Button P. 147

Boot Release
Button

* Not available on all models Continued 129

 uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside

ԏ Locking the doors and boot (Walk away 1Locking the doors and boot (Walk away auto lock *)
auto lock )
*
The auto lock function is set to OFF as the factory
When you walk away from the vehicle while default setting. The auto lock function can be set to
carrying the keyless remote, the doors will ON using the driver information interface.
automatically lock. If you set the auto lock function to ON using the
driver information interface, only the remote
The auto lock function activates when all
transmitter that was used to unlock the driver’s door
doors are closed, and the keyless remote is
prior to the setting change can activate auto lock.
within about 1.5 m radius of the outside door 2 Settings P. 116
The activation range of handle.
the auto lock function is
Exit vehicle while carrying keyless remote and After the auto lock function has been activated,
Controls

about 1.5 m
close door(s). when you stay within the locking/unlocking
1. While within about 1.5 m radius of the operation range, the indicator on the keyless remote
will continue to flash until the doors are locked.
vehicle.
u The beeper sounds; the auto lock When you stay beside the vehicle within the
function will be activated. operation range, the doors will automatically lock
2. Carry the keyless remote beyond about 1.5 approximately 30 seconds after the auto lock
m from the vehicle and remain outside this function activating beeper sounds.
range for 2 or more seconds.
When you open a door after the auto lock function
u Some exterior lights flash; the beeper
activating beeper sounds, the auto lock function will
sounds; all doors will then lock. be cancelled.

Under the following circumstances, the auto lock

function will not activate:
• The keyless remote is inside the vehicle.
uThe beeper will not sound.
• The keyless remote is taken out of its operational
range before all the doors and tailgate are closed.
uThe beeper will sound.

130 * Not available on all models

 uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside

To temporarily deactivate the function: 1Locking the doors and boot (Walk away auto lock *)
1. Set the power mode to OFF. The auto lock function does not operate when any of
2. Open the driver’s door. the following conditions are met.
3. Using the master door lock switch, operate • The keyless remote is inside the vehicle.
the lock as follows: • A door or the bonnet is not closed.
Lock Unlock Lock Unlock. • The power mode is set to any mode other than
OFF.
u The beeper sounds and the function is
• The keyless remote is not located within a radius of
deactivated. about 1.5 m from the vehicle when you get out of
the vehicle and close the doors.
To restore the function (any step below):

Controls
• Set the power mode to ON. Auto lock function operation stop beeper
• Lock the vehicle without using the auto lock After the auto lock function has been activated, the
auto lock operation stop beeper sounds for
function.
approximately two seconds in the following cases.
• With the keyless remote on you, move out • The keyless remote is put inside the vehicle through
of the auto lock function operation range. a window.
• Open any door. • You are located too close to the vehicle.
• The keyless remote is put inside the boot.
If the warning beeper sounds, check that you are
carrying the keyless remote. Then, open/close a door
and confirm the auto lock activation beeper sounds
once.

* Not available on all models Continued 131

 uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside

1Using the Remote Transmitter

ԏ Using the Remote Transmitter
If you do not open a door within 30 seconds of
LED ԏ Locking the doors unlocking the vehicle with the remote transmitter,
Press the lock button. the doors will automatically relock.
Lock Once:
Unlock u Some exterior lights flash, all the doors You can lock or unlock doors using the remote
Boot lock, and the security system sets. transmitter only when the power mode is in VEHICLE
Release OFF (LOCK).
Twice (within five seconds after the first
push):
The remote transmitter uses low-power signals, so
u The beeper sounds and verifies the the operating range may vary depending on the
Controls

security system is set. surroundings.

LED ԏ Unlocking the doors
Except African models The remote will not lock the vehicle when a door is
Press the unlock button. open.
Lock
u Some exterior lights flash twice, and all
Unlock If the distance at which the remote transmitter works
Boot
doors unlock. varies, the battery is probably low. Replace the
Release African models button battery as soon as possible when this occurs.
Press the unlock button. If the LED does not come on when you press a
Once: button, the battery is dead.
2 Replacing the Button Battery P. 306
u Some exterior lights flash twice, and the
driver’s door unlocks.
Twice:
u The remaining doors unlock.

132
 uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside

1Locking/Unlocking the Doors Using a Key

ԏ Locking/Unlocking the Doors Using a Key
Except African models
If the lock or unlock button of the keyless remote does not work, use the key When you lock/unlock the driver’s door with the key,
instead. all the other doors lock/unlock at the same time.
Except African models Fully insert the key and turn it.
African models
When you lock the driver’s door with the key, all the
other doors lock at the same time.
When unlocking, the driver’s door unlocks first.
Turning the key a second time within a few seconds
dose not unlock the remaining doors.

Controls
Lock
Unlock Except Latin American models
If you unlock a door with the built-in key while the
African models security system is activated, the alarm will go off.

You can customize the door unlock mode setting.

2 Settings P. 116

Lock

Unlock

Continued 133
 uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside

1Locking a Door Without Using a Key

ԏ Locking a Door Without Using a Key
When you lock the driver's door, all the other doors
If you do not have the key on you, or if for some reason you cannot lock a door using lock at the same time.
the key, you can lock the door without it. Before locking a door, make sure that the key is not
ԏ Locking the driver's door inside the vehicle.
Push the lock tab forward a or push the
master door lock switch in the lock direction
b, then pull and hold the outside door handle
c. Close the door, then release the handle.
Controls

ԏ Locking the passenger's doors

Push the lock tab forward and close the door.

ԏ Lockout prevention system

The doors cannot be locked when the keyless remote is inside the vehicle.

134
 uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside

Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside

1Using the Lock Tab
ԏ Using the Lock Tab
Except African models
ԏ Locking a door When you lock/unlock the door using the lock tab on
Lock Tab To Lock
Push the lock tab forward. the driver’s door, all the other doors lock/unlock at
the same time.
ԏ Unlocking a door
Pull the lock tab rearward. African models
To Unlock When you lock the door using the lock tab on the
driver’s door, all the other doors lock at the same
time.
When you unlock the door using the lock tab on the

Controls
driver’s door, only the driver’s door will unlock.

Continued 135
 uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside

1Unlocking Using the Front Door Inner Handle

ԏ Unlocking Using the Front Door Inner Handle
Except African and Latin American models
Except African and Latin American models
The driver’s door inner handle are designed to allow
Pull the driver's door inner handle. the driver to open the door in one motion. However,
u The door unlocks and opens in one this feature requires that the driver never pull the
motion. door inner handle while the vehicle is in motion.
African and Latin American models
African and Latin American models
Inner Handle Pull the front door inner handle. The front door inner handles are designed to allow
u The door unlocks and opens in one front seat occupants to open the door in one motion.
motion. However, this feature requires that front seat
Controls

occupants never pull a front door inner handle while

the vehicle is in motion.

Children should always ride in a rear seat where

childproof door locks are provided.
2 Childproof Door Locks P. 138

136
 uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside

1Using the Master Door Lock Switch

ԏ Using the Master Door Lock Switch
When you lock/unlock the driver's door using the
Press the master door lock switch in as shown master door lock switch, all the other doors lock/
To Lock
to lock or unlock all doors. unlock at the same time.

To Unlock

Master Door

Controls
Lock Switch

137
 uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuChildproof Door Locks

Childproof Door Locks

The childproof door locks prevent the rear doors from being opened from the inside 1Childproof Door Locks
regardless of the position of the lock tab. To open the door from the inside when the
childproof door lock is on, put the lock tab in the
ԏ Setting the Childproof Door Locks unlock position, lower the rear window, put your
hand out of the window, and pull the outside door
Slide the lever in the rear door to the lock handle.
position, and close the door.

ԏ When opening the door

Unlock Open the door using the outside door handle.
Controls

Lock

138
 uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuAuto Door Locking/Unlocking *

Auto Door Locking/Unlocking *

Your vehicle locks all doors or unlocks all doors */the driver’s door * automatically 1Auto Door Locking/Unlocking *
when a certain condition is met. Models without driver information interface
You can turn off or change to another auto door
locking/unlocking setting using the master door lock
ԏ Auto Door Locking switch.
ԏ Drive lock mode 2 Customizing the Auto Door Locking/
All doors lock when the vehicle’s speed reaches about 15 km/h. Unlocking Setting * P. 140

Models with driver information interface

ԏ Auto Door Unlocking You can turn off or change to another auto door
locking/unlocking setting using the driver

Controls
Continuously variable transmission models
information interface.
ԏ Park unlock mode
2 Settings P. 116
All doors unlock when the transmission is put into (P with the brake pedal
depressed.

Manual transmission models

ԏ Power mode unlock mode
Except African models
All door unlock when the power mode is out of ON.

African models
The driver’s door unlocks when the power mode is out of ON.

* Not available on all models 139

 uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuCustomizing the Auto Door Locking/Unlocking Setting *

Customizing the Auto Door Locking/Unlocking Setting *

You can customize the auto door locking/unlocking setting to your liking using the master door lock switch.

ԏ List of the Auto Door Locking/Unlocking Customizable Options

ԏ Auto door locking
Mode Description

Drive Lock Mode *1 All doors lock when the vehicle’s speed reach about 15 km/h.

Park Lock Mode*2 All doors lock when the brake pedal is depressed and the transmission is
Controls

taken out of (P .
Off The auto door locking is deactivated all the time.

140 * Not available on all models

 uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuCustomizing the Auto Door Locking/Unlocking Setting *

ԏ Auto door unlocking

Continuously variable transmission models

Mode Description

Park Unlock Mode*1 To unlock driver’s door*3, *4 The driver’s door unlocks when the transmission is put into (P with the brake
pedal depressed.
To unlock all doors All doors unlock when the transmission is put into (P with the brake pedal
depressed.

Controls
Power Mode Unlock To unlock driver’s door*3, *4 The driver’s door unlocks when the power mode is out of ON.
Mode
To unlock all doors All doors unlock when the power mode is out of ON.

Off The auto door unlocking is deactivated all the time.

*1:Default setting
*2:Continuously variable transmission models only
*3:African models only
*4:Default setting for African models

Continued 141
 uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuCustomizing the Auto Door Locking/Unlocking Setting *

Manual transmission models

Mode Description

Power Mode Unlock To unlock driver’s door*2, *3 The driver’s door unlocks when the power mode is out of ON.
Mode*1
To unlock all doors All doors unlock when the power mode is out of ON.

Off The auto door unlocking is deactivated all the time.

*1:Default setting
*2:African models only
Controls

*3:Default setting for African models

142
 uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuCustomizing the Auto Door Locking/Unlocking Setting *

ԏ Customizing Flow for Auto Door Locking Options

Steps Drive Lock Mode Park Lock Mode*1 Off
1 Apply the parking brake. Make sure the shift lever is in (P .
2 Set the power mode to ON.
3 The driver’s door must be closed at this stage. Open the driver’s door.
4 Move the shift lever out of (P with the
–
brake pedal depressed.

Controls
5 Press and hold the right side of the master door lock switch on the driver’s door. You will hear a click more than five seconds
elapsed. Release the switch.

6 Move the shift lever to (P . –

7 Push the ENGINE START/STOP button once without depressing the brake pedal within 20 seconds.
u Customization is completed.

*1:Continuously variable transmission models only

Continued 143
 uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuCustomizing the Auto Door Locking/Unlocking Setting *

ԏ Customizing Flow for Auto Door Unlocking Options

Power Mode Unlock Mode Park Unlock Mode*2
Steps Off
To unlock driver’s door*1 To unlock all doors To unlock driver’s door*1 To unlock all doors
1 Apply the parking brake. Make sure the shift lever is in (P *2.
2 Set the power mode to ON.
3 The driver’s door must be closed at this stage. Open the driver’s door.
4 The transmission is taken out of (P with the brake
–
Controls

pedal depressed*2.
5 Press and hold the left side of the master door lock switch on the driver’s door. You will hear a click more than five seconds
elapsed.

*1:African models only

*2:Continuously variable transmission models only

144
 uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuCustomizing the Auto Door Locking/Unlocking Setting *

Power Mode Unlock Mode Park Unlock Mode*2

Steps Off
To unlock driver’s door *1 To unlock all doors To unlock driver’s door*1 To unlock all doors
6 Release the switch. Except African models Release the switch. Except African models Release the switch.
Release the switch. Release the switch.
African models African models
Keep pressing the Keep pressing the
switch for another five switch for another five
seconds to hear one seconds to hear one
more click. more click.

Controls
7 Move the shift lever to (P *2. —
8 Push the ENGINE START/STOP button once without depressing the brake pedal within 20 seconds.
u Customization is completed.

*1:African models only

*2:Continuously variable transmission models only

145
 Opening and Closing the Boot
Precautions for Opening/Closing the Boot
ԏ Opening the boot
Open the boot all the way.
u If it is not fully opened, the boot lid may begin to close under its own weight.

ԏ Closing the boot

Keep the boot lid closed while driving to:
u Avoid possible damage.
u Prevent exhaust gas from leaking into the vehicle.
2 Exhaust Gas Hazard P. 84
Controls

Using the Boot Opener

Pulling the boot opener on the outside of the
driver’s seat unlocks and opens the boot.

Boot Opener

146
 uuOpening and Closing the BootuUsing the Boot Release Button

Using the Boot Release Button

Boot Release Push up the release button on the boot lid 1Using the Boot Release Button
after the doors are unlocked. • If you forget the remote inside, the beeper will
sound and the boot will not close.
Even if the boot is locked, you can open the • A person who is not carrying the keyless remote
boot if you carry the keyless remote. can unlock the boot if a person who is carrying it is
within range.
u Some exterior lights flash twice and the
• If the beeper sounds after you close the boot, move
beeper sounds once. the keyless remote away from the boot and close
again.
• The keyless remote may not operate if it is too close
to the boot.

Controls
147
 uuOpening and Closing the BootuUsing the Remote Transmitter

Using the Remote Transmitter

Press the boot release button for 1Using the Remote Transmitter
approximately one second to unlock and open If the driver’s door is locked, the boot will
the boot. automatically lock when you close it. Otherwise, you
will have to lock it manually.
Boot
Release
Button
Controls

Boot
Release
Button

148
 Security System
Immobilizer System
This system prevents a key that has not been preregistered from starting the engine. 1Immobilizer System
NOTICE
Pay attention to the following when pressing the ENGINE START/STOP button: Leaving the key in the vehicle can result in theft or
• Do not allow objects that emit strong radio waves near the ENGINE START/ accidental movement of the vehicle. Always take the
STOP button. key with you whenever you leave the vehicle
• Make sure the key is not covered by or touching a metal object. unattended.
• Do not bring a key from another vehicle's immobilizer system near the ENGINE
Do not alter the system or add other devices to it.
START/STOP button.
Doing so may damage the system and make your
vehicle inoperable.
Do not put the key near magnetic items. Electronic device, such as televisions and

Controls
audio systems emit strong magnetic fields. Note that even a key chain can become If the system repeatedly does not recognise the
magnetic. coding of your key, contact a dealer. If you have lost
your key and cannot start your vehicle, contact a
dealer.

Security System Alarm 1Security System Alarm

The security system alarm activates when the boot, bonnet or doors are forcibly Do not alter the system or add other devices to it.
opened. The alarm does not activate if the boot or doors are opened with the key *, Doing so may damage the system and make your
vehicle inoperable.
remote transmitter or keyless access system *.
The security system alarm will continue for
ԏ When the security system alarm activates approximately 5 minutes before the security system
The horn sounds intermittently, and some exterior lights flash. deactivates.
The system will go through ten 30-second cycles,
during which the horn will sound and an emergency
indicator will flash.
Depending on circumstances, the security system
may continue operating for more than 5 minutes.

* Not available on all models Continued 149

 uuSecurity SystemuSecurity System Alarm

ԏ To deactivate the security system alarm 1Security System Alarm

Unlock the vehicle using the key *, remote transmitter or keyless access system *, or Do not set the security system alarm when someone
set the power mode to ON. The system, along with the horn and flashing lights, is is in the vehicle or a window is open. The system can
deactivated. accidentally activate when:
• Unlocking the door with the lock tab.
ԏ Setting the security system alarm • Opening the boot with the boot opener.
• Opening the bonnet with the bonnet release.
The security system alarm automatically sets when the following conditions have
been met: If the battery goes dead after you have set the
• The power mode is set to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK). security system alarm, the security alarm may go off
• The bonnet is closed. once the battery is recharged or replaced.
Controls

• All doors are locked from outside with the key, remote transmitter, or keyless If this occurs, deactivate the security system alarm by
access system *. unlocking a door using the key *, remote transmitter
or keyless access system *.
ԏ When the security system alarm sets Except Latin American models
The security system alarm indicator in the instrument panel blinks and the blinking If you unlock a door with the built-in key while the
interval changes after about 15 seconds. security system is activated, the alarm will go off.

ԏ To cancel the security system alarm

The security system alarm is cancelled when the vehicle is unlocked using the key *,
remote transmitter or keyless access system *, or when the power mode is set to ON.
The security system alarm indicator goes off at the same time.

150 * Not available on all models

 Windows
Opening/Closing the Power Windows
The power windows can be opened and closed when the power mode is in ON, 1Opening/Closing the Power Windows
using the switches on the doors.
3 WARNING
The driver’s side switches can be used to open and close all of the windows. The Closing a power window on someone's
power window lock button on the driver side must be switched off (indicator off) to hands or fingers can cause serious injury.
open and close the windows from anywhere other than the driver’s seat.
Make sure your passengers are away from
When the power window lock button is pushed in, the indicator comes on and you the windows before closing them.
can only operate the driver’s window. Turn the power window lock button on if a
child is in the vehicle.

Controls
WARNING: Always take the ignition key with you
whenever you leave the vehicle alone or with other
occupants.

Models with power window auto-open/close function

except driver’s window
The power windows can be operated for up to 10
minutes after you set the power mode to VEHICLE
OFF. Closing driver’s door cancels this function.

Continued 151
 uuWindowsuOpening/Closing the Power Windows

ԏ Opening/Closing the Windows with Auto-Open/Close 1Opening/Closing the Power Windows

Function Auto Reverse
If a power window senses resistance when closing
ԏ Manual operation automatically, it will stop closing and reverse
To open: Push the switch down lightly, and direction.
Off hold it until the desired position is reached.
Indicator To close: Pull the switch up lightly, and hold it The driver's window auto reverse function is disabled
On when you continuously pull up the switch.
until the desired position is reached.
The auto reverse function stops sensing when the
ԏ Automatic operation
Controls

window is almost closed to ensure that it fully closes.

To open: Push the switch down firmly.
To close: Pull the switch up firmly.
Power Window Driver’s
Lock Button Window The window opens or closes completely. To
Switch
stop the window at any time, push or pull the
switch briefly.

ԏ Opening/Closing Windows without Auto-Open/Close Function

To open: Push the switch down.
Close
To close: Pull the switch up.

Open Release the switch when the window reaches

the desired position.

152
 uuWindowsuOpening/Closing the Power Windows

ԏ Opening/Closing the Windows with the Remote * 1Opening/Closing the Windows with the Remote *
If you open/close the windows with the remote, the
To open: Press the unlock button, and then sunroof will open/close automatically along with
within 10 seconds, press it again and hold it. them.
Lock To close: Press the lock button, and then
Button Unlock within 10 seconds, press it again and hold it.
Button
If the windows stop midway, repeat the
procedure.

Controls
Lock
Button Unlock
Button

* Not available on all models Continued 153

 uuWindowsuOpening/Closing the Power Windows

ԏ Closing the Windows with the Key * 1Closing the Windows with the Key *
If you close the windows with the key, the sunroof
To close: Lock the driver’s door with the key. will close automatically along with them.
Within 10 seconds of returning the key to the
Close central position, turn the key in the lock
direction and hold it there.

Release the key to stop the windows at the

desired position. If you want further
adjustment, repeat the same operation.
Controls

154 * Not available on all models

 Sunroof *
Opening/Closing the Sunroof
You can only operate the sunroof when the power mode is in ON. Use the switch in 1Sunroof *
the front of the ceiling to open and close the sunroof.
3 WARNING
ԏ Using the Sunroof Switch Opening or closing the sunroof on
someone's hands or fingers can cause
ԏ Automatic operation
serious injury.
To open: Pull the switch back firmly.
To close: Push the switch forward firmly. Make sure all hands and fingers are clear of
Open
the sunroof before opening or closing it.
The sunroof will automatically open or close

Controls
all the way. To stop the sunroof midway,
WARNING: Always take the ignition key with you
touch the switch briefly. whenever you leave the vehicle alone or with other
Tilt Close occupants.
ԏ Manual operation
To open: Pull the switch back lightly, and NOTICE
hold it until the desired position is reached. Opening the sunroof in below freezing temperature
To close: Push the switch forward lightly, and or when it is covered with snow or ice can damage
hold it until the desired position is reached. the sunroof panel or motor.

Models with power window auto-open/close function

ԏ Tilting the sunroof up except driver’s window
To tilt: Push on the centre of the sunroof The sunroof can be operated for up to 10 minutes
switch. after you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF
To close: Push the switch forward firmly, (LOCK).
then release. Closing driver’s door cancels this function.

When resistance is detected, the auto reverse

function causes the sunroof to change directions,
then stop. Auto reverse stops sensing when the
sunroof is almost closed to ensure that it fully closes.
Make sure that all objects, including fingers, are clear
of the sunroof.
* Not available on all models Continued 155
 uuSunroof * uOpening/Closing the Sunroof

1Sunroof *
You can use the remote transmitter or the key to
operate the sunroof *.
2 Opening/Closing the Windows with the
Remote * P. 153
2 Closing the Windows with the Key * P. 154
Controls

156 * Not available on all models

Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel
ENGINE START/STOP Button
ԏ Changing the Power Mode 1ENGINE START/STOP Button
ENGINE START/STOP Button Operating Range
Continuously Variable Transmission Manual Transmission You can start the engine when the keyless remote is
inside the vehicle.
VEHICLE OFF (LOCK)
The button is off.
The steering wheel is locked.
The power to all electrical
components is turned off.

Controls
ACCESSORY
The button blinks (in red). Operating Range
Operate the audio system and
other accessories in this position.
If the battery of the keyless remote is getting low, the
engine may not start when you push the ENGINE
START/STOP button. If the engine does not start,
refer to the following link.
ON 2 If the Keyless Remote Battery is Weak
The button blinks (in red). P. 331
All electrical components can
be used. The engine may also run if the keyless remote is close
Without pressing the brake pedal Without pressing to the door or window, even if it is outside the
the clutch pedal vehicle.
Press the button without the
transmission in (P . ON mode:
Press the button.
Press the button with the The ENGINE START/STOP button is on (in red), if the
transmission in (P . engine is running.

Continued 157
 uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluENGINE START/STOP Button

1ENGINE START/STOP Button

ԏ Automatic Power Off
If the power mode does not change from VEHICLE
If you leave the vehicle for 30 to 60 minutes with the transmission in (P OFF to ACCESSORY, press the ENGINE START/STOP
(continuously variable transmission) and the power mode in ACCESSORY, the button while moving the steering wheel left and
vehicle automatically goes into the mode similar to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) to avoid right. The steering wheel will unlock, allowing the
draining the battery. mode to change.

Do not leave the power mode in ACCESSORY or ON

When in this mode:
when you get out.
The steering wheel does not lock. You cannot lock or unlock doors with the remote
transmitter or the keyless access system.
Controls

Press the ENGINE START/STOP button twice to switch the mode to VEHICLE OFF
(LOCK).

ԏ Power Mode Reminder

If you open the driver’s door when the power mode is set to ACCESSORY, a warning
beep sounds.

158
 uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluENGINE START/STOP Button

1Keyless Remote Reminder

ԏ Keyless Remote Reminder
When the keyless remote is within the system’s
Models with information display When the power mode is set to any mode operational range, and the driver’s door is closed, the
other than OFF and you remove the keyless warning function cancels.
remote from the vehicle and shut the door, an
alarm will sound. If the alarm continues to If the keyless remote is taken out of the vehicle after
sound, place the keyless remote in another the engine has been started, you can no longer
change the ENGINE START/STOP button mode or
location.
restart the engine. Always make sure if the remote is
in your vehicle when you operate the ENGINE
ԏ When the power mode is in START/STOP button.

Controls
ACCESSORY
The alarm will sound from outside the vehicle. Removing the keyless remote from the vehicle
through a window does not activate the warning
ԏ When the power mode is in ON buzzer.
Models with driver information
interface An alarm will sound both inside and outside
Do not put the keyless remote on the dashboard or in
the vehicle. In addition, a warning indicator the glove box. It may cause the warning buzzer to go
will appear on the instrument panel. off. Under some other conditions that can prevent
the vehicle from locating the remote, the warning
buzzer may also go off even if the remote is within
the system’s operational range.

159
 uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluTurn Signals

Turn Signals
The turn signals can be used when the power 1Turn Signals
(A) mode is in ON. The turn signal indicator on the instrument panel will
(B) blink when the external turn signal blinks.
ԏ (A): Turn signal 2 Indicators P. 88
(B)
Push the lever up or down based on the
(A) direction you want to turn, and the turn signal
will blink.

ԏ (B): One-touch turn signal

When you lightly push the lever up or down
Controls

and release it, the turn signal will blink 3

times.
u If you lightly push the lever in the
opposite direction while it is blinking, the
blinking will stop.

160
 uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluLight Switches

Light Switches
ԏ Manual Operation 1Light Switches
If you leave the power mode in VEHICLE OFF (LOCK)
Rotating the light switch turns the lights on
while the lights are on, a chime sounds when the
Low Beams and off, regardless of the position of the driver’s door is opened.
High Beams power mode setting.
ԏ High beams When the lights are on, the lights on indicator in the
Push the lever forward until you hear a click. instrument panel will be on.
ԏ Low beams 2 Indicators P. 88
When in high beams, pull the lever back to
Do not leave the lights on when the engine is off
Flashing the return to low beams.

Controls
because it will cause the battery to discharge.
high beams ԏ Flashing the high beams
Pull the lever back, and release it. Models without headlight adjuster
Turns on position, rear side ԏ Lights off * If you sense that the level of the headlights is
marker, tail, and rear licence Turn the lever to OFF either when: abnormal, have the vehicle inspected by a dealer.
plate lights
• The transmission is in (P (Continuously
Turns on headlights, position,
rear side marker, tail, and rear Variable Transmission models).
licence plate lights • The parking brake is applied.

To turn the lights on again, turn the lever to

OFF to cancel the lights off mode. Even if you
do not cancel the lights off mode, the lights
come on automatically when:
• The transmission is taken out of (P
(Continuously Variable Transmission
models) and the parking brake is released.
• The vehicle starts to move.

* Not available on all models Continued 161

 uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluLight Switches

ԏ Automatic Operation (automatic lighting control) * 1Automatic Operation (automatic lighting control) *
We recommend that you turn on the lights manually
Automatic lighting control can be used when when driving at night, in a dense fog, or in dark areas
the power mode is in ON. such as long tunnels or parking facilities.

When the light switch is in AUTO, the The light sensor is in the location shown below.
headlights and other exterior lights will switch Do not cover this light sensor with anything;
on and off automatically depending on the otherwise, the automatic lighting system may not
work properly.
ambient brightness.
Controls

The headlights come on when you unlock a

Light Sensor
door in dark areas with the headlight switch in
AUTO.
u Once you lock the door, the headlights
will go off.

ԏ Automatic Lighting Off Feature

The headlights, all other exterior lights, and the instrument panel lights turn off 15
seconds after you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK), take the remote with
1Automatic Lighting Off Feature
you, and close the driver’s door.
You can change the headlight auto off timer setting.
2 Settings P. 116
If you turn the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) with the headlight switch on,
but do not open the door, the lights turn off after 10 minutes (3 minutes, if the
switch is in the AUTO position).

The lights turn on again when you unlock or open the driver's door. If you unlock
the door, but do not open it within 15 seconds, the lights go off. If you open the
driver's door, you will hear a lights on reminder chime.

162 * Not available on all models

 uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluFog Lights *

Fog Lights *
Can be used when the position lights or the
headlights are on.

Fog Light Switch

Controls
* Not available on all models 163
 uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluHeadlight Adjuster *

Headlight Adjuster *
You can adjust the vertical angle of the low
Adjusting Dial beam headlights when the power mode is in
ON.

Turn the adjustment dial to select an

appropriate angle for the headlights.

The larger dial number indicates the lower

angle.
Controls

ԏ To select the adjustment dial position

Refer to the below table for the appropriate dial position for your vehicle's riding
and loading conditions.

Condition Dial position

A driver
0
A driver and a front passenger
Five persons in the front and rear seats 1
Five persons in the front and rear seats and luggage in
the boot, within the limits of maximum permissible axle 2
weight and maximum permissible vehicle weight
A driver and luggage in the boot, within the limits of
maximum permissible axle weight and maximum 3
permissible vehicle weight

164 * Not available on all models

 uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluDaytime Running Lights

Daytime Running Lights

The position/daytime running lights come on when the following conditions have
been met:
Models without automatic lighting control
• The power mode is in ON.
• The headlight switch is off.

Setting the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) will turn off the daytime running
lights.

Controls
Models with automatic lighting control
• The power mode is in ON.
• The headlight switch is in AUTO.

Setting the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) will turn off the daytime running
lights.

The daytime running lights are off once the headlight switch is turned on, or when
the head light switch is in AUTO and it is getting darker outside.

165
 uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluWipers and Washers

Wipers and Washers

1Wipers and Washers
ԏ Windscreen Wipers/Washers
NOTICE
The windscreen wipers and washers can be
Do not use the wipers when the windscreen is dry.
used when the power mode is in ON. The windscreen will get scratched, or the rubber
blades will get damaged.
ԏ MIST
The wipers run at high speed until you release NOTICE
Pull to use the lever. Turn the washers off if no washer fluid comes out.
washer. The pump may get damaged.
ԏ Wiper switch (OFF, INT, LO, HI)
Controls

The wiper motor may stop motor operation

Move the lever up or down to change the
MIST temporarily to prevent an overload. Wiper operation
wiper settings. will return to normal within a few minutes, once the
OFF
circuit has returned to normal.
INT ԏ Adjusting wiper operation *
LO: Low speed wipe Turn the adjustment ring to adjust the wiper Models with intermittent time adjustment ring
HI: High speed wipe operation. If the vehicle speeds up while the wipers are
operating intermittently, the length of the wipe
Lower speed, fewer sweeps interval shortens.
When the vehicle speeds up, the wiper operation’s
Higher speed, more sweeps shortest delay setting ( ) and the LO setting become
the same.

ԏ Washer
Sprays while you pull the lever towards you.
When you release the lever for more than one
second, the spray stops, the wipers sweep two
or three more times to clear the windscreen,
then stop.

166 * Not available on all models

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluWipers and Washers

1Wipers and Washers

NOTICE
In cold weather, the blades may freeze to the
windscreen.
Operating the wipers in this condition may damage
the wipers. Use the demister to warm the
windscreen, then turn the wipers on.

If the wipers stop operating due to any obstacle such

as the build-up of snow, park the vehicle in a safe

Controls
place.
Rotate the wiper switch to OFF, and set the power
mode to ACCESSORY or VEHICLE OFF (LOCK), then
remove the obstacle.

167
 uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluBrightness Control

Brightness Control
Models with information display Models with information display 1Brightness Control
(+ Button When the brightness of the meter will be The brightness of the instrument panel will be
reduced, you can use the (+ or (- button to reduced when the following conditions:
(- Button
adjust instrument panel brightness. Models without automatic lighting control
Brighten: Press the (+ button. • The power mode is in ON.
Dim: Press the (- button. • The position lights are turned on.
Models with automatic lighting control
• The power mode is in ON.
Models with driver information interface • The light switch is in any position other than off
When the power mode is in ON, you can use and it is dark outside.
the (+ or (- button to adjust instrument
Controls

Models with driver information

interface panel brightness. The brightness can be set differently for when the
Brighten: Press the (+ button. exterior lights are on, and when they are off.
(+ Button
Dim: Press the (- button.
(- Button

You will hear a beep when the brightness

reaches minimum or maximum. Several
seconds after you have adjusted the
brightness, you will be returned to the
previous screen.

168
 uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluBrightness Control

Models with information display ԏ Brightness level indicator

The brightness level is shown on the display
while you are adjusting it.

Controls
Models with driver information
interface

169
 uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluRear Demister Button

Rear Demister Button

Models with cooling system Press the rear demister button to demist the 1Rear Demister Button
rear window when the power mode is in ON. This system consumes a lot of power, so turn it off
when the window has been demisted. Also, do not
The rear demister automatically switches off use the system for a long time while the engine is
after 10-30 minutes depending on the outside idling. This may weaken the battery, making it
difficult to start the engine.
temperature.
However, if the outside temperature is 0°C or
below, it does not automatically switch off.

Models with climate control system

Controls

170
 uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluAdjusting the Steering Wheel

Adjusting the Steering Wheel

The steering wheel height and distance from your body can be adjusted so that you 1Adjusting the Steering Wheel
can comfortably grip the steering wheel in an appropriate driving posture.
1. Push the steering wheel adjustment lever 3 WARNING
To adjust down. Adjusting the steering wheel position while
u The steering wheel adjustment lever is driving may cause you to lose control of the
under the steering column. vehicle and be seriously injured in a crash.
2. Move the steering wheel up or down, and
in or out. Adjust the steering wheel only when the
u Make sure you can see the instrument vehicle is stopped.
panel gauges and indicators.

Controls
3. Pull the steering wheel adjustment lever up
Lever To lock to lock the steering wheel in position.
u After adjusting the position, make sure
you have securely locked the steering
wheel in place by trying to move it up,
down, in, and out.

171
 Mirrors
Interior Rearview Mirror
Adjust the angle of the rearview mirror when you are sitting in the correct driving 1Mirrors
position. Keep the inside and outside mirrors clean and
adjusted for best visibility.
ԏ Rearview Mirror with Day and Night Positions * Adjust the mirrors before you start driving.
Flip the tab to switch the position. 2 Front Seats P. 175
The night position will help to reduce the glare
Tab
from headlights behind you when driving
after dark.
Controls

Daytime
Night Position
Position

ԏ Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror * 1Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror *

The auto dimming function cancels when the
When you are driving after dark, the
transmission is in (R .
automatic dimming rearview mirror reduces
the glare from headlights behind you, based
on inputs from the mirror sensor. This feature
is always active.

172 * Not available on all models

 uuMirrorsuPower Door Mirrors

Power Door Mirrors

Selector Switch You can adjust the door mirrors when the
power mode is in ON.

ԏ Mirror position adjustment

L/R selector switch: Select the left or right
Folding
Button * mirror. After adjusting the mirror, return the
switch to the centre position.
Mirror position adjustment switch: Press
Adjustment Switch
the switch left, right, up, or down to move the
mirror.

Controls
ԏ Folding door mirrors *
Press the folding button to fold in and out the
door mirrors.

* Not available on all models Continued 173

 uuMirrorsuPower Door Mirrors

1Automatic Folding Door Mirror Function *

ԏ Automatic Folding Door Mirror Function *
You cannot turn the automatic folding out
ԏ Folding in the door mirrors automatically if they have been folded in using the
Press the lock button on the remote transmitter, or press the door lock button on folding button.
the front door.
u The mirrors start folding in automatically. You can turn the automatic folding door mirror
function on and off.
2 Settings P. 116
ԏ Folding out the door mirrors
Unlock the driver’s door using the remote transmitter or keyless access system. Door mirrors will not fold automatically when locking
u The mirrors start folding out automatically. from inside the vehicle using lock tab or master door
Controls

lock switch.

174 * Not available on all models

Seats
Front Seats
Allow sufficient Adjust the driver's seat as far back as possible 1Seats
space. while allowing you to maintain full control of Always make seat adjustments before driving.
the vehicle. You should be able to sit upright,
well back in the seat and be able to 1Front Seats
adequately press the pedals without leaning
forward, and grip the steering wheel 3 WARNING
comfortably. The passenger's seat should be
Move
Sitting too close to a front airbag can result
adjusted in a similar manner, so that it is as far
back. in serious injury or death if the front
back from the front airbag in the dashboard
airbags inflate.
as possible.

Controls
Always sit as far back from the front
airbags as possible while maintaining
control of the vehicle.

In addition to the seat adjustment, you can adjust the

steering wheel up and down, in and out. Allow at
least 25 cm between the centre of the steering wheel
and the chest.

Once a seat is adjusted correctly, rock it back and

forth to make sure it is locked in position.

Continued 175
 uuSeatsuFront Seats

ԏ Adjusting the Seat Positions

Height Adjustment
(Driver side only)
Pull up or push down the lever
to raise or lower the seat.
Controls

Seat-back Angle
Adjustment
Pull up the lever to Horizontal Position
change the angle. Adjustment
Pull up on the bar to move
the seat, then release the bar.

176
 uuSeatsuFront Seats

1Adjusting the Seat-Backs

ԏ Adjusting the Seat-Backs
Adjust the driver's seat-back to a comfortable, 3 WARNING
upright position, leaving ample space
Reclining the seat-back too far can result in
between your chest and the airbag cover in
serious injury or death in a crash.
the centre of the steering wheel.
Adjust the seat-back to an upright position,
The front seat passenger should also adjust and sit well back in the seat.
their seat-back to a comfortable, upright
position.

Controls
Do not put a cushion, or other object, between the
seat-back and your back.

Reclining a seat-back so that the shoulder part of the belt no longer rests against the Doing so may interfere with proper seat belt or airbag
occupant's chest reduces the protective capability of the belt. It also increases the operation.
chance of sliding under the belt in a crash and being seriously injured. The farther a
seat-back is reclined, the greater the risk of injury. If you cannot get far enough away from the steering
wheel and still reach the controls, we recommend
that you investigate whether some type of adaptive
equipment may help.

177
 uuSeatsuHead Restraints

Head Restraints
Your vehicle is equipped with head restraints in both front seating positions.

1Adjusting the Front Head Restraints

ԏ Adjusting the Front Head Restraints
Head restraints are most effective for 3 WARNING
protection against whiplash and other rear- Improperly positioning head restraints
impact crash injuries when the centre of the reduces their effectiveness and increases
back of the occupant's head rests against the the likelihood of serious injury in a crash.
centre of the restraint. The tops of the
occupant's ears should be level with the Make sure head restraints are in place and
Controls

centre height of the restraint. positioned properly before driving.

Position head in the centre
of the head restraint.
In order for the head restraint system to work
To raise the head restraint: Pull it upward. properly:
To lower the head restraint: Push it down • Do not hang any items on the head restraints, or
while pressing the release button. from the restraint legs.
• Do not place any objects between an occupant and
the seat-back.
• Install each restraint in its proper location.
Release
Button

178
 uuSeatsuHead Restraints

ԏ Removing and Reinstalling the Front Head Restraints 1Removing and Reinstalling the Front Head Restraints

Head restraints can be removed for cleaning or repair. 3 WARNING

Failure to reinstall, or correctly reinstall, the
To remove the head restraint:
head restraints can result in severe injury
Pull the restraint up as far as it will go. Then push the release button, and pull the
during a crash.
restraint up and out.
Always replace the head restraints before
To reinstall the head restraint: driving.
Insert the legs back in place, then adjust the head restraint to an appropriate height

Controls
while pressing the release button. Pull up on the restraint to make sure it is locked
in position.

179
 uuSeatsuMaintain a Proper Sitting Position

Maintain a Proper Sitting Position

After all occupants have adjusted their seats and head restraints *, and put on their 1Maintain a Proper Sitting Position
seat belts, it is very important that they continue to sit upright, well back in their
seats, with their feet on the floor, until the vehicle is safely parked and the engine is 3 WARNING
off. Sitting improperly or out of position can
result in serious injury or death in a crash.
Sitting improperly can increase the chance of injury during a crash. For example, if
an occupant slouches, lies down, turns sideways, sits forward, leans forward or Always sit upright, well back in the seat,
sideways, or puts one or both feet up, the chance of injury during a crash is greatly with your feet on the floor.
increased.
Controls

In addition, an occupant who is out of position in the front seat can be seriously or
fatally injured in a crash by striking interior parts of the vehicle or being struck by an
inflating front airbag.

180 * Not available on all models

 uuSeatsuRear Seats

Rear Seats
1Folding Down the Rear Seats *
ԏ Folding Down the Rear Seats *
1. Remove the centre shoulder belt from the 3 WARNING
Guide guide. Make sure the seat-backs are latched
securely before driving.

The rear seat-backs can be folded down to

accommodate bulkier items in the boot.

Centre Never drive with the seat-back folded down and the

Controls
Shoulder Belt boot lid open.
2. Pull the release lever in the boot to release 2 Exhaust Gas Hazard P. 84
the lock.
To lock the seat-back upright, push it backwards until
it locks.
When returning the seat-back to its original position,
push it firmly back. Also, make sure all rear shoulder
belts are positioned in front of the seat-back, and the
Release Lever centre shoulder belt is re-positioned in the guide.

Make sure all items in the boot or items

extending through the opening into the rear
3. Fold the seat-back down.
seats are properly secured. Loose items can fly
forward if you have to brake hard.

* Not available on all models 181

 uuSeatsuArmrest *

Armrest *
ԏ Using the Front Seat Armrest *
The console lid can be used as an armrest.
Controls

ԏ Using the Rear Seat Armrest *

Pull down the armrest in the centre backrest.

182 * Not available on all models

 Interior Convenience Items
Interior Lights
1Interior Light Switches
ԏ Interior Light Switches
In the door activated position, the interior light fades
ԏ ON out and goes off about 30 seconds after the doors
The interior light comes on regardless of are closed.
On whether the doors are open or closed. The light goes off after 30 seconds in the following
ԏ Door activated situations:
Off The interior light comes on in the following • When you unlock the driver's door but do not open
it.
situations:
• When you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF
• When any doors are opened. (LOCK), but do not open a door.
Door Activated Position • You unlock the driver's door.

Controls
• When the power mode is set to VEHICLE Models with driver information interface
OFF (LOCK). You can change the interior lights dimming time.
ԏ OFF 2 Settings P. 116
Off The interior light remains off regardless of
The interior light goes off immediately in the
whether the doors are open or closed.
following situations:
• When you lock the driver's door.
Door Activated • When you close the driver’s door in ACCESSORY
Position mode.
• When you set the power mode to ON.

If you leave any of the doors open in VEHICLE OFF

(LOCK) mode, the interior light goes off after about
15 minutes.

To avoid draining the battery, do not leave the

interior light on for an extended length of time when
the engine is off.

Continued 183
 uuInterior Convenience ItemsuInterior Lights

1Map Lights
ԏ Map Lights
When the front interior light switch is in the door
The map lights can be turned on and off by activated position and any door is open, the map
pressing the lenses. light will not go off when you press the lens.
Controls

184
 uuInterior Convenience ItemsuStorage Items

Storage Items
1Glove Box
ԏ Glove Box
Pull the handle to open the glove box. 3 WARNING
An open glove box can cause serious injury
to your passenger in a crash, even if the
passenger is wearing the seat belt.

Always keep the glove box closed while

driving.

Controls
Handle

ԏ Console Compartment *
Pull the handle to open the console
compartment.

* Not available on all models Continued 185

 uuInterior Convenience ItemsuStorage Items

1Beverage Holders
ԏ Beverage Holders
NOTICE
ԏ Front seat beverage holders
Spilled liquids can damage the upholstery, carpeting,
and electrical components in the interior.

Be careful when you are using the beverage holders.

Hot liquid can scald you.
Controls

ԏ Front seat beverage holders (four

beverage holders type) *

ԏ Rear seat beverage holder *

186 * Not available on all models

 uuInterior Convenience ItemsuStorage Items

ԏ Front door side beverage holders

Are located on the both of front door side
pockets.

ԏ Rear door side beverage holders

Controls
Are located on the both of rear door side
pockets.

ԏ Rear seat beverage holders *

Fold the armrest down to use the rear seat
beverage holders.

* Not available on all models Continued 187

 uuInterior Convenience ItemsuStorage Items

ԏ Driver’s Side Pocket

Pull the lid to open the pocket.
Controls

ԏ Coat Hook * 1Coat Hook *

The coat hook is not designed for large or heavy
There is a coat hook on the rear right grab items.
handle of right side. Pull it down to use it.

188 * Not available on all models

 uuInterior Convenience ItemsuOther Interior Convenience Items

Other Interior Convenience Items

1Accessory Power Sockets
ԏ Accessory Power Sockets
NOTICE
The accessory power sockets can be used when the power mode is in ACCESSORY
Do not insert an automotive type cigarette lighter
or ON. element. This can overheat the power socket.
ԏ Accessory power socket on the console
panel The accessory power sockets are designed to supply
Open the cover to use it. power for 12-volt DC accessories that are rated 180
watts or less (15 amps).

To prevent battery drain, use the power socket only

Controls
when the engine is running.

Cover When the accessory power socket is not in use, close

the cover to prevent any small foreign objects from
ԏ Accessory power sockets on the back of getting into the power socket.
the console compartment *
Open the cover to use it.

Cover

* Not available on all models Continued 189

 uuInterior Convenience ItemsuOther Interior Convenience Items

ԏ Rear Sunshade * 1Rear Sunshade *

NOTICE
Hooks
Pull the tab and roll up the sunshade all the
Be careful not to scratch the heating elements on the
way. Use the hooks to hang it.
rear windscreen when using the rear sunshade.

Indian Models
Do not use the sunshade while driving as it could
obstruct the driver’s view.

The sunshade can be used to protect the interior

Controls

when parking the car in direct sunlight for a long

Tab
period of time.

Check and follow your local legal requirements

before using the sunshade.

190 * Not available on all models

Cooling System *
Using Vents and A/C

Dashboard vents and back of the

console compartment
Dashboard and floor vents, and
back of the console
compartment
Mode Control Dial
Floor vents Change airflow.
Floor and demister vents

Controls
Temperature Control Dial (ON/OFF) Button
Adjusts the interior temperature. Press to switch the system
between on and off.
MAX COOL Button
Press to cool down the interior rapidly.

A/C (Air Conditioning) Button Fan Control Dial

Press to cool the interior or dehumidify. Adjusts the fan speed.

(Recirculation) Button
Press the button and switch the mode depending on environmental conditions.

Recirculation mode (indicator on):

Recirculates air from the vehicle’s interior through the system.

Fresh air mode (indicator off):

Maintains outside ventilation. Keep the system in fresh air mode in normal situations.

* Not available on all models Continued 191

 uuCooling System * uUsing Vents and A/C

1Cooling
ԏ Cooling
Continuously variable transmission models
1. Adjust the fan speed using the fan control dial. While ECON mode is active, the system may have
2. Select . reduced cooling performance.
3. Adjust the temperature using the temperature control dial.
4. Press the A/C button (A/C ON is appeared). If the interior is very warm, you can cool it down
5. Press the button (the indicator off). more rapidly by partially opening the windows, press
the MAX COOL button.
Controls

192
 uuCooling System * uUsing Vents and A/C

1Defrosting the Windscreen and Windows

ԏ Defrosting the Windscreen and Windows
For your safety, make sure you have a clear view
1. Set the fan to a high speed.
through all the windows before driving.
2. Press the button.
3. Press the button (indicator off). Do not set the temperature near the lower limit.
4. Adjust the temperature until the airflow When cold air hits the windscreen, the outside of the
feels cool. windscreen may fog up.
u If you want to rapidly defrost the
1To rapidly defrost the windows
window:
After defrosting the windows, switch over to fresh air
Set the fan to the maximum speed and

Controls
mode. If you keep the system in recirculation mode,
lowest temperature, then press the the windows may fog up from humidity. This
ԏ To rapidly defrost the windows button (indicator on). impedes visibility.

193
 Climate Control System *
Using Automatic Climate Control
The automatic climate control system maintains the interior temperature you select. 1Using Automatic Climate Control
The system also selects the proper mix of heated * or cooled air that raises * or lowers If any buttons are pressed while using the climate
the interior temperature to your preference as quickly as possible. control system in auto, the function of the button
that was pressed will take priority.
The AUTO indicator will go off, but functions
Dashboard vents and back of Floor vents unrelated to the button that was pressed will be
the console compartment *
Floor and demister vents controlled automatically.
Dashboard and floor vents,
and back of the console Continuously variable transmission models
compartment * While ECON mode is active, the climate control
system may have reduced cooling performance.
Controls

A/C (Air Conditioning) Button AUTO Button

Models with MAX COOL button
Fan Control Dial Mode Control Dial MAX COOL Button * If the interior is very warm, you can cool it down
more rapidly by partially opening the windows, press
the MAX COOL button.

When you set the temperature to the lower or upper *

limit, Lo or Hi * is displayed.

Pressing the (ON/OFF) button switches the

climate control system between on and off. When
turned on, the system returns to your last selection.
(ON/OFF) Button Temperature Control Dial
African, Indian, Bhutanese, Nepalese and Sri Lankan
models
(Recirculation) Button
To prevent cold air from blowing in from outside, the
fan may not start immediately when the AUTO
Use the system when the engine is running. button is pressed.
1. Press the AUTO button.
2. Adjust the interior temperature using the temperature control dial.
3. Press the (ON/OFF) button to cancel.

194 * Not available on all models

 uuClimate Control System * uUsing Automatic Climate Control

ԏ Switching between the recirculation and fresh air modes

Press the (Recirculation) button and switch the mode depending on
environmental conditions.
Recirculation mode (indicator on): Recirculates air from the vehicle’s interior through
the system.
Fresh air mode (indicator off): Maintains outside ventilation. Keep the system in
fresh air mode in normal situations.

Controls
Continued 195
 uuClimate Control System * uUsing Automatic Climate Control

1Defrosting the Windscreen and Windows

ԏ Defrosting the Windscreen and Windows
For your safety, make sure you have a clear view
Pressing the button to turn the air
through all the windows before driving.
conditioning system on and automatically
switches the system to fresh air mode. Do not set the temperature near the lower limit.
When cold air hits the windscreen, the outside of the
Except African and Latin American models windscreen may fog up.
Press the button (indicator off) to
switch to the fresh air mode. 1To rapidly defrost the windows
u If you want to rapidly defrost the After defrosting the windows, switch over to fresh air
Controls

window: mode. If you keep the system in recirculation mode,

ԏ To rapidly defrost the windows the windows may fog up from humidity. This
Press the button (indicator on).
impedes visibility.

Press the button again to turn it off and

the system will return to the previous settings.

196
 uuClimate Control System * uAutomatic Climate Control Sensors

Automatic Climate Control Sensors

The automatic climate control system is
Sensor equipped with sensors. Do not cover or spill
any liquid on them.

Controls
Sensor

197
198
 Features
If this vehicle is equipped with an audio system, please refer to the audio system manual.
Consult a dealer for details.

199
200
 Driving
This chapter discusses driving and refueling.

Before Driving ECON Mode * .................................. 221 Parking Sensor System * ................... 242
Driving Preparation .......................... 202 Cruise Control * ............................... 222 Refueling
Load Limit ........................................ 204 Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA) System .. 228 Petrol models
Towing a Trailer................................ 205 Agile Handling Assist ....................... 230 Fuel Information .............................. 246
When Driving Deflation Warning System * .............. 231 Diesel models
Starting the Engine .......................... 206 Braking Fuel Information .............................. 247
Precautions While Driving................. 213 Brake System ................................... 235 How to Refuel ................................. 248
Continuously Variable Transmission * ...214 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ........... 237 Fuel Economy and CO2 Emissions.... 249
Continuously variable transmission models Brake Assist System.......................... 238
Shifting ............................................ 215 Emergency Stop Signal..................... 239
Manual transmission models Parking Your Vehicle
Shifting ............................................ 219 When Stopped................................. 240

* Not available on all models 201

 Before Driving
Driving Preparation
Check the following items before you start driving.

1Exterior Checks
ԏ Exterior Checks
NOTICE
• Make sure there are no obstructions on the windows, door mirrors, exterior
When doors are frozen shut, use warm water around
lights, or other parts of the vehicle. the door edges to melt any ice. Do not try to force
u Remove any frost, snow, or ice. them open, as this can damage the rubber trim
u Remove any snow on the roof, as this can slip down and obstruct your field of around the doors. When done, wipe dry to avoid
vision while driving. If frozen solid, remove ice once it has softened. further freezing.
u When removing ice from around the wheels, be sure not to damage the wheel
or wheel components. Do not pour warm water into the key cylinder.
You will be unable to insert the key if the water
• Make sure the bonnet is securely closed.
freezes in the hole.
u If the bonnet opens while driving, your front view will be blocked.
• Make sure the tyres are in good condition. Heat from the engine and exhaust can ignite
u Check air pressures, and check for damage and excessive wear. flammable materials left under the bonnet, causing a
2 Checking and Maintaining Tyres P. 296 fire. If you've parked your vehicle for an extended
Driving

• Make sure there are no people or objects behind or around the vehicle. period, inspect and remove any debris that may have
u There are blind spots from the inside. collected, such as dried grass and leaves that have
fallen or have been carried in for use as a nest by a
small animal. Also check under the bonnet for
leftover flammable materials after you or someone
else has performed maintenance on your vehicle.

202
 uuBefore DrivinguDriving Preparation

1Interior Checks
ԏ Interior Checks
The headlight aim is set by the factory, and does not
• Store or secure all items on board properly. need to be adjusted. However, if you regularly carry
u Carrying too much luggage, or improperly storing it, can affect your vehicle's heavy items in the boot, have the aiming readjusted
handling, stability, stopping distance, and tyres, and make it unsafe. at a dealer or by a qualified technician.
2 Load Limit P. 204
• Do not pile items higher than the seat height. Models with headlight adjuster
You can adjust the low beam headlight angle by
u They can block your view and may be thrown forward in the event of sudden
yourself.
braking.
2 Headlight Adjuster * P. 164
• Do not place anything in the front seat footwells. Make sure to secure the floor
mat.
u An object or unsecured floor mat can interfere with your brake and accelerator
pedal operation while driving.
• If you have any animals on board, do not let them move around in the vehicle.
u They may interfere with driving and a crash could occur.
• Securely close all doors and the boot.

Driving
• Adjust your seating position properly.
u Adjust the head restraint, too.
2 Seats P. 175
2 Adjusting the Front Head Restraints P. 178
• Adjust the mirrors and steering wheel properly.
u Adjust them while sitting in the proper driving position.
2 Mirrors P. 172
2 Adjusting the Steering Wheel P. 171

* Not available on all models Continued 203

 uuBefore DrivinguLoad Limit

• Be sure items placed on the floor behind the front seats cannot roll under the
seats.
u They can interfere with the driver's ability to operate the pedals, or the
operation of the seats.
• Everyone in the vehicle must fasten their seat belt.
2 Fastening a Seat Belt P. 39
• Make sure that the indicators in the instrument panel come on when you start the
vehicle, and go off soon after.
u Always have a dealer check the vehicle if a problem is indicated.
2 Indicators P. 88

Load Limit 1Load Limit

When you load luggage, the total weight of the vehicle, all passengers, and luggage
must not exceed the maximum permissible weight.
3 WARNING
Overloading or improper loading can affect
Driving

2 Specifications P. 364
handling and stability and cause a crash in
which you can be hurt or killed.

Follow all load limits and other loading

guidelines in this manual.

204
 Towing a Trailer

Your vehicle is not designed to tow a trailer. Attempting to do so can void your
warranties.

Driving
205
 When Driving
Starting the Engine
1. Make sure the parking brake is applied. 1Starting the Engine
Keep your foot firmly on the brake pedal when
starting the engine.

The engine is harder to start in cold weather and in

thinner air found at altitudes above 2,400 metres.

When starting the engine in cold weather, turn off all

electrical accessories such as the lights, cooling
system */climate control system *, and rear demister in
Continuously variable transmission models order to reduce battery drain.
Brake Pedal
2. Check that the transmission is in (P , then
depress the brake pedal. If the exhaust system sounds abnormal or you can
smell exhaust gas inside the vehicle, have your vehicle
u Although it is possible to start the vehicle
checked by a dealer. There may be a problem with
in (N , it is safer to start it in (P . the engine or exhaust system.
Driving

Bring the keyless remote close to the ENGINE

START/STOP button if the battery in the keyless
remote is weak.
Manual transmission models 2 If the Keyless Remote Battery is Weak P. 331
Clutch Pedal 2. Check that the shift lever is in (N . Then
depress the brake pedal with your right
foot, and the clutch pedal with your left
foot.
u The clutch pedal must be fully depressed
to start the engine.
Brake Pedal

206 * Not available on all models

 uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine

All models 1Starting the Engine

3. Press the ENGINE START/STOP button The engine may not start if the keyless remote is
without depressing the accelerator pedal. subjected to strong radio waves.
Diesel models
Do not hold the ENGINE START/STOP button to
u If the glow plugs indicator comes on,
start the engine.
keep the clutch pedal fully depressed and If the engine does not start, wait at least 30 seconds
wait until the indicator goes off. before starting the engine again.
The engine starts automatically.
The immobilizer system protects your vehicle from
theft. If an improperly coded device is used, the
engine’s fuel system is disabled.
2 Immobilizer System P. 149

Diesel models
When the engine malfunctions or stalls due to
insufficient fuel, move the vehicle to a safe place

Driving
immediately and refuel 10 Litres or more.
When fuel runs out, air enters the fuel system. This
may cause slow starting of the engine.
If the engine does not start on the first try, try again
a few times. If the engine still does not start, ask a
dealer.

Continued 207
 uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine

1Stopping the Engine

ԏ Stopping the Engine
Diesel models
You can turn the engine off when the vehicle is completely stopped. When the ambient temperature is extremely low, the
Diesel models engine peak power may be restricted at starting the
Idle the engine for 10 seconds before turning off the engine. engine. This is to help the fuel flow for the normal
engine operation.
Continuously variable transmission models
1. Put the transmission into (P . Diesel models
2. Press the ENGINE START/STOP button. For proper lubrication, the engine must not be run
Manual transmission models
above fast idle speed until the low oil pressure
indicator * or low oil pressure warning message * goes
• If the shift lever is in (N , press the ENGINE START/STOP button. off.
• If the shift lever is in any gear other than (N , depress the clutch pedal, then press Avoid harsh acceleration or labouring the engine
the ENGINE START/STOP button. before the normal operating temperature has been
reached.
Driving

208 * Not available on all models

 uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine

1Remote Engine Start *

ԏ Remote Engine Start *
You can remotely start the engine using the keyless remote. 3 WARNING
Engine exhaust contains toxic carbon
ԏ To start the engine monoxide.
Press the button, then
press and hold the button. Breathing carbon monoxide can kill you or
Go within the range,
Some exterior lights flash once. cause unconsciousness.
and try again.
LED: Blinks when any button is pressed. Never use the remote engine starter when
the vehicle is parked in a garage or other
area with limited ventilation.

The remote engine start may violate local laws.

Before using the remote engine start, check your
local laws.

Driving
If there are buildings and obstacles between your
vehicle and the remote, the range will be reduced.
The range may be less when the vehicle is running.
Some exterior lights flash six Some exterior lights will not This distance may vary by external electrical
times if the engine runs flash if the engine runs interference.
successfully. unsuccessfully. The engine may not start by the remote engine start
if:
When started remotely, the engine automatically shuts off after 10 minutes of idling • You have disabled a remote engine start setting
and/or the brake pedal and ENGINE START/STOP button have not been pressed using the driver information interface *.
simultaneously. 2 Settings P. 116
• The power mode is not in VEHICLE OFF (LOCK).
To extend the run time for another 10 minutes during the first run, press the
• The transmission is in a position other than (P .
button, then press and hold the button. • The bonnet is open, or any door or the boot is
u Some exterior lights flash six times if a 10-minute extension request was unlocked.
transmitted successfully.
* Not available on all models Continued 209
 uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine

ԏ To stop the engine 1Remote Engine Start *

• You have already used the remote twice to start
Go within the range,
the engine.
and try again.
• Another registered keyless remote is in the vehicle.
The exterior lights will not flash when the remote is out of
• There is any antenna failure.
the keyless access system range. • The door is unlocked with the built-in key.
The engine will not stop. • The engine oil pressure is low.
• The engine coolant temperature is extremely high.
• The telematics unit malfunctions *.
• The security system alarm is not set.

The engine may stop while it is running if:

• You do not start the vehicle within 10 minutes of
starting the engine with the remote.
• The engine is stopped by using the remote.
• The security system alarm is not set.
• The door is unlocked with the built-in key.
Driving

• The bonnet is open, or any door, or the boot is

Press and hold the unlocked.
button for one The exterior lights flash once if the engine stops successfully. • You press the shift lever release button.
second.
• The engine coolant temperature is extremely high.
• The battery is low.
• The engine oil pressure is low.
• The malfunction indicator lamp comes on if there is
a problem with the emissions control systems.

210 * Not available on all models

 uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine

1Remote Engine Start *

While the engine is running, the vehicle will
automatically precondition inside the vehicle.
When it is warm outside:
• The cooling system */climate control system * is
activated in recirculation mode.
When it is cold outside:
• The demister is activated at a moderately warm
temperature.
• The rear demister is activated.

Driving
* Not available on all models Continued 211
 uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine

1Starting to Drive
ԏ Starting to Drive
When the engine was started using the keyless remote *
Continuously variable transmission models
The engine stops when the transmission is taken out
When the engine was started using the keyless remote * of (P before the ENGINE START/STOP button is
1. Depress and hold the brake pedal, then press the ENGINE START/STOP button. pressed. Follow step 1 when starting to drive.
When the engine was started in any case
2. Keeping your right foot on the brake pedal, release the parking brake. Check that
the parking brake and brake system indicator has gone off.
2 Parking Brake P. 235
3. Put the shift lever in (D . Select (R when reversing.
4. Gradually release the brake pedal and gently depress the accelerator pedal to pull
away.

ԏ Hill Start Assist System 1Hill Start Assist System

Hill start assist keeps the brake engaged briefly to help to prevent the vehicle from Hill start assist may not prevent the vehicle from
rolling on inclines as you move your foot from the brake pedal to the accelerator. rolling downhill on a very steep or slippery slope, and
Driving

will not operate on small inclines.

Manual transmission models
Hill start assist will operate even when VSA is
Depress the clutch pedal, and shift to one of the forward gears when facing uphill, switched off.
or (R when facing downhill, then release the brake pedal.
Continuously variable transmission models Hill start assist is not a replacement for the parking
Put the transmission into (D or (S when facing uphill, or (R when facing downhill, brake.
then release the brake pedal.

212 * Not available on all models

 uuWhen DrivinguPrecautions While Driving

Precautions While Driving

1Precautions While Driving
ԏ In a Fog
CAUTION: Do not drive on the road where water is
Visibility becomes low when it is foggy. When you drive, turn on the low beam deep. Driving through deep water will cause damage
headlights even during the daytime. Slow down, using the road line in the centre, to the engine and electrical equipment and the
guard rails, and the taillights of the vehicle ahead of you as your driving guide. vehicle will break down.

ԏ In a Strong Wind NOTICE

Do not operate the shift lever while pressing the
If a strong side wind drifts your vehicle while driving, hold the steering wheel tight. accelerator pedal. You could damage the
Slowly decelerate your vehicle and keep your vehicle in the middle of the road. Be transmission.
careful with wind gusts especially when your vehicle is exiting a tunnel, driving on a NOTICE
bridge or river bank, and driving through an open area like a quarry, and when a If you repeatedly turn the steering wheel at an
large lorry is passing by. extremely low speed, or hold the steering wheel in
the full left or right position for a while, the electric
power steering (EPS) system heats up. The system
ԏ In Rain goes into a protective mode, and limits its
performance. The steering wheel becomes harder

Driving
The road is slippery when raining. Avoid hard braking, rapid acceleration, and
and harder to operate. Once the system cools down,
abrupt steering and be more cautious when driving. It is likely to experience
the EPS system is restored. Repeated operation under
hydroplaning phenomenon if you are driving on a rutted road with puddles. Do not these conditions can eventually damage the system.
drive in deep water and on flooded roads. This can damage the engine or driveline,
or cause electrical component failure. If the power mode is set to ACCESSORY while
driving, the engine will shut down and all steering
and brake power assist functions will stop, making it
difficult to control the vehicle.

Do not select (N while driving as you will lose engine

braking (and acceleration) performance.

Continued 213
 uuWhen DrivinguContinuously Variable Transmission *

1Precautions While Driving

ԏ Other Precautions
During the first 1,000 km of operation, avoid sudden
If there is a strong impact with something under the vehicle, stop in a safe location.
acceleration or full throttle operation so as not to
Check the underside of the vehicle for damage or any fluid leaks. damage the engine or powertrain.

Avoid hard braking for the first 300 km.

Continuously Variable Transmission * You should also follow this when the brake pads are
replaced.
ԏ Creeping
When the engine runs at higher idle speeds, the creeping force increases. 1In Rain
Keep the brake pedal firmly depressed when stopped. Be careful when hydroplaning phenomenon occurs.
When you drive on a road covered with water at
excessive speed, a layer of water builds between the
ԏ Kickdown tyres and the road surface. If this occurs, the vehicle
Quickly depressing the accelerator pedal while driving uphill may cause the cannot respond to control inputs such as steering,
transmission to drop to a lower ratio, unexpectedly increasing vehicle speed. and braking.
Depress the accelerator pedal carefully, especially on slippery roads and curves.
Driving

Slowly decelerate when you shift down. If the road is

slippery, sudden engine braking can cause the tyres
to skid.

214 * Not available on all models

 uuWhen DrivinguShifting

Continuously variable transmission models

Shifting
Change the shift position in accordance with your driving needs.
ԏ Shift lever positions 1Shift lever positions
You cannot change the power mode from ON to
Release Button Park VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) unless the shift lever is in (P .
Used when parking, before turning
off or starting the engine The vehicle may move very slightly even in (N while
Reverse the engine is cold.
Used when reversing Depress the brake pedal firmly and, when necessary,
apply the parking brake.
Neutral
Transmission is not locked

Drive
Used:

Driving
Ծ For normal driving

Models with paddle shifters

Ծ When temporarily driving in the
7-speed manual shift mode
Drive (S)
Used:
Models without paddle shifters
Ծ For better acceleration
Ծ When going up or down hills
Models with paddle shifters
Ծ For better acceleration
Ծ When going up or down hills
Ծ When driving in the 7-speed
manual shift mode

Continued 215
 uuWhen DrivinguShifting

1Shift Lever Operation

ԏ Shift Lever Operation
NOTICE
Models with driver information interface When you change the shift lever from (D to (R and
Shift Position Indicator/ vice versa, come to a complete stop and keep the
Transmission System brake pedal depressed.
Indicator Operating the shift lever before the vehicle has come
to a complete standstill can damage the transmission.
Models with paddle shifters
M (7-Speed Manual Shift Use the shift position indicator to check the lever
Tachometer’s position before pulling away.
Mode) Indicator/Shift
red zone
Indicator
If the shift position indicator blinks when driving, in
any shift position, there is a problem with the
Models with information display transmission.
Avoid sudden acceleration and have the transmission
Shift Position Indicator/ checked by a dealer as soon as possible.
Transmission System
Driving

Indicator The fuel supply may be cut off if you drive at engine
speeds in or over the tachometer’s red zone (engine
speed limit). If this happens, you may experience a
Tachometer’s Models with paddle shifters slight jolt.
red zone M (7-Speed Manual Shift
Mode) Indicator/Shift It may not be possible to operate the shift lever if the
Indicator brake pedal is applied while the shift lever release
button is held down.
Depress the brake pedal and press the
Depress the brake pedal first.
shift lever release button to shift.
Shift without pressing the shift lever When shifting positions in extremely low
release button. temperatures (-30°C), there may be a short delay
before the shift position is displayed. Always confirm
Press the shift lever release button and shift.
you are in the correct shift position before driving.

216
 uuWhen DrivinguShifting

Models with paddle shifters

ԏ 7-Speed Manual Shift Mode

Use the paddle shifters to change between 1st and 7th speeds without releasing
your hands from the steering wheel. The transmission switches to the 7-speed
manual shift mode when you pull a paddle shifter while driving. This mode is useful
when engine braking is needed.

ԏ When the shift lever is in (D :

The shift mode goes into the 7-speed manual shift mode temporarily, and the
number is displayed in the shift indicator.
The 7-speed manual shift mode is cancelled automatically if you drive at constant
speed or accelerate, and the number in the shift indicator goes off.
You can cancel this mode by pulling the (+ paddle shifter for a few seconds.
The 7-speed manual shift mode is especially useful when reducing the vehicle speed
temporarily before making a turn.

Driving
ԏ When the shift lever is in (S :
The shift mode goes into the 7-speed manual shift mode. The M indicator and the
speed number are displayed in the shift indicator. As the vehicle speed slows down,
the transmission automatically shifts down accordingly. When the vehicle comes to
a stop, it automatically shifts down into 1st.

If the vehicle speed increases and the engine speed reaches near the tachometer’s
red zone, the transmission automatically shifts up.

When cancelling the 7-speed manual shift mode, move the shift lever from (S to
(D . When the 7-speed manual shift mode is cancelled, the M indicator and shift
indicator will turn off.

Continued 217
 uuWhen DrivinguShifting

17-Speed Manual Shift Mode Operation

ԏ 7-Speed Manual Shift Mode Operation
In the 7-speed manual shift mode, the transmission
shifts up or down by operating either paddle shifter
(- Paddle Shifter (+ Paddle Shifter under the following conditions:
(Shift down) (Shift up) Shift Up: The engine speed reaches the lowest
threshold of the higher speed position.
Shift Down: The engine speed reaches the highest
threshold of the lower speed position.

When the engine speed reaches near the

tachometer’s red zone, the transmission shifts up
automatically.
When the engine speed reaches the lowest threshold
of the selected speed position, the transmission shifts
down automatically.

Operating the paddle shifters on slippery surfaces

Driving

may cause the tyres to lock up. In this case, the 7-

speed manual shift mode is cancelled and goes back
to the normal (D driving mode.
Downshifting when pulling Upshifting when pulling the
the (- paddle shifter (+ paddle shifter Each paddle shift operation makes a single speed
(Changes to lower speed (Changes to higher speed change.
number) number) To change continuously, release the paddle shifter
before pulling it again for the next speed.

The shift indicator blinks when you cannot shift up or

down. It indicates that your vehicle speed is not in its
allowable shifting range.
Slightly accelerate to shift up and decelerate to shift
down while the indicator is blinking.

218
 uuWhen DrivinguShifting

Manual transmission models

Shifting
1Shifting
ԏ Shift Lever Operation
NOTICE
Fully depress the clutch pedal to operate the shift lever and change gears, then
Do not shift to (R before the vehicle comes to a
slowly release the pedal. complete stop.
Shifting to (R before stopping can damage the
Depress the clutch pedal, and pause for a few seconds before shifting into (R , or transmission.
shift into one of the forward gears for a moment. This stops the gears so they do not
NOTICE
“grind.”
Before downshifting, make sure the engine will not
When you are not shifting, do not rest your go into the tachometer's red zone. Should this occur,
foot on the clutch pedal. This can cause your it can severely damage your engine.
clutch to wear out faster.
If you exceed the maximum speed for the gear you
are in, the engine speed will enter into the
tachometer's red zone. When this happens, you may
experience a slight jolt.

Driving
Continued 219
 uuWhen DrivinguShifting

ԏ Reverse Lockout
The manual transmission has a lockout mechanism that stops you from accidentally
shifting into (R from a forward gear while the vehicle is moving above a certain
speed.

If you cannot shift to (R when the vehicle is stopped, do the following:

1. Depress the clutch pedal, move the shift

lever all the way to the left, and shift to (R .
2. If you still cannot shift into (R , apply the
parking brake, and set the power mode to
ACCESSORY or VEHICLE OFF (LOCK).
3. Depress the clutch pedal and shift into (R .
4. Keep depressing the clutch pedal and start
the engine.
Driving

Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if you

have to go through this procedure repeatedly.

220
 uuWhen DrivinguECON Mode *

ECON Mode *
Models with driver information interface 1ECON Mode *
While in ECON mode, the cooling system */climate
control system * has greater temperature fluctuations.

The mode may not be able to be changed under

some driving conditions. If mode change is necessary,
reduce speed or cornering speed.

Models with driver information interface

This message will also appear if you try to change
mode when there is a vehicle system failure.
Models with information display

Driving
The ECON button turns the ECON mode on and off.
The ECON mode helps you to improve your fuel economy by adjusting the
performance of the engine and cooling system */climate control system *.

* Not available on all models 221

 uuWhen DrivinguCruise Control *

Cruise Control *
Maintains a constant vehicle speed without having to keep your foot on the 1Cruise Control *
accelerator. Use cruise control on motorways or open roads where you can travel at
a constant speed with little acceleration or deceleration. 3 WARNING
Improper use of the cruise control can lead
to a crash.

Use the cruise control only when travelling

on open motorways in good weather.

It may not be possible to maintain a constant speed

when driving uphill or downhill.

When not using cruise control:

Turn off cruise control by pressing the CRUISE
button.
Driving

Manual transmission models

When the engine speed slows down, try to
downshift.
You can maintain the set speed if you change gear
within five seconds.

Models with ECON mode

While in ECON mode, it may take relatively more time
to accelerate to maintain the set speed.

222 * Not available on all models

 uuWhen DrivinguCruise Control *

When to use

ԏ Vehicle speed for cruise control: Always keep sufficient distance

Desired speed in a range above between you and the vehicle in
roughly 40 km/h ~ front of you.
Continuously variable transmission
models
ԏ Shift positions for cruise control:
In (D or (S
Manual transmission models
ԏ Shift positions for cruise control:
In (2 or higher position

How to use
Models with information display
CRUISE MAIN is on in the instrument panel.
Cruise control is ready to use. ԏ Press the CRUISE button
on the steering wheel.

Driving
Models with driver information interface
CRUISE MAIN is on in the driver information interface.
Cruise control is ready to use.
ԏ Press the CRUISE button
on the steering wheel.

Continued 223
 uuWhen DrivinguCruise Control *

ԏ To Set the Vehicle Speed

Models with information display

RES/+ Button

SET/– Button
Press and release
On when cruise control begins
Models with driver information interface

RES/+ Button
Driving

SET/– Button
On when cruise control begins Press and release

Take your foot off the pedal and press the RES/+ or SET/– button when you reach
the desired speed.

The moment you release the RES/+ or SET/– button, the set speed is fixed, and
cruise control begins. The CRUISE CONTROL indicator comes on.

224
 uuWhen DrivinguCruise Control *

1To Adjust the Vehicle Speed

ԏ To Adjust the Vehicle Speed
You can set the vehicle speed using the SET/– button
Increase or decrease the vehicle speed using the RES/+ or SET/– buttons on the on the steering wheel when adjusting the speed with
steering wheel. the accelerator and brake pedals.

To increase speed

To decrease speed

• Each time you press the button, the vehicle speed is increased or decreased by
about 1.6 km/h.
• If you keep the button pressed, the vehicle speed increases or decreases until you

Driving
release it. This speed is then set.

Continued 225
 uuWhen DrivinguCruise Control *

1To Cancel
ԏ To Cancel
Models with driver information interface
To cancel cruise control, do any of the Resuming the prior set speed:
following: After you have cancelled cruise control, you can
• Press the CANCEL button. activate the cruise control with the prior set speed
• Press the CRUISE button. displayed on the driver information interface (in gray)
CANCEL • Depress the brake pedal. by pressing the RES/+ button while driving at a speed
button of at least 40 km/h or more.
Manual transmission models When you turn the cruise control off by pressing the
• Depress the clutch pedal for five seconds or CANCEL button or depressing the brake pedal, the
CRUISE
button
more. prior set speed is displayed on the driver information
The CRUISE CONTROL indicator goes off. interface in gray.
When pressing the RES/+ button, the cruise control
is activated with displayed speed.
Then, when the CRUISE CONTROL indicator is
displayed and you press the RES/+ button during the
prior set speed (in gray) is not displayed, the current
Driving

vehicle speed is set as same as the condition of

operating the SET/− button.

Prior Set Speed (Gray)

226
 uuWhen DrivinguCruise Control *

1To Cancel
Models with information display
Resuming the prior set speed:
After cruise control has been cancelled, you can still
resume the prior set speed by pressing the RES/+
button while driving at a speed of at least 40 km/h or
more.

All models
You cannot set or resume in the following situations:
• When vehicle speed is less than 40 km/h
• When the CRUISE button is turned off

At vehicle speeds of 35 km/h or less, cruise control is

cancelled automatically.

Driving
227
 uuWhen DrivinguVehicle Stability Assist (VSA) System

Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA) System

VSA helps to stabilise the vehicle during cornering if the vehicle turns more or less 1Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA) System
than what was intended. It also assists in maintaining traction on slippery surfaces. The VSA may not function properly if tyre type and
It does so by regulating engine output and selectively applying the brakes. size are mixed. Make sure to use the same size and
type of tyre, and the air pressures as specified.

ԏ VSA Operation When the VSA system indicator comes on and stays
Models with information display When VSA activates, you may notice that the on while driving, there may be a problem with the
engine does not respond to the accelerator. system. While this may not interfere with normal
VSA System driving, have your vehicle checked by a dealer
You may also notice some noise from the
Indicator immediately.
hydraulic brake system. You will also see the
indicator blink. VSA cannot enhance stability in all driving situations
and does not control the entire braking system. You
still need to drive and corner at speeds appropriate
for the conditions and always leave a sufficient
margin of safety.
Driving

Models with driver information The main function of the VSA system is generally
interface known as Electronic Stability Control (ESC). The
system also includes a traction control function.
VSA System
Indicator The indicators for the Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA)
System, Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA) OFF and Low
Tyre Pressure/Deflation Warning System * may come
on after reconnecting the battery. Drive a short
distance at more than 20 km/h. The indicator should
go off. If it does not, have your vehicle checked by a
dealer.

228 * Not available on all models

 uuWhen DrivinguVehicle Stability Assist (VSA) System

1Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA) System

ԏ VSA On and Off
In certain unusual conditions when your vehicle gets
Models with information display This button is on the driver side control panel. stuck in shallow mud or fresh snow, it may be easier
To partially disable VSA functionality/features, to free it with the VSA temporarily switched off.
VSA OFF press and hold it until you hear a beep.
Indicator When the (VSA OFF) button is pressed, the
Your vehicle will have normal braking and traction control function becomes less effective. This
allows for the wheels to spin more freely at low
cornering ability, but traction control function
speed. You should only attempt to free your vehicle
will be less effective.
with the VSA off if you are not able to free it when
the VSA is on.
To restore VSA functionality/features, press
the (VSA OFF) button until you hear a Immediately after freeing your vehicle, be sure to
Models with driver information beep. switch VSA on again. We do not recommend driving
interface your vehicle with the VSA system switched off.
VSA is turned on every time you start the
VSA OFF You may hear a motor sound coming from the
engine, even if you turned it off the last time

Driving
Indicator engine compartment while system checks are being
you drove the vehicle. performed immediately after starting the engine or
while driving. This is normal.

229
 uuWhen DrivinguAgile Handling Assist

Agile Handling Assist

Lightly brakes the front wheels, as needed, when you turn the steering wheel, and 1Agile Handling Assist
helps support the vehicle’s stability and performance during cornering. The agile handling assist cannot enhance stability in
all driving situations. You still need to drive and
corner at speeds appropriate for the conditions and
always leave a sufficient margin of safety.

When the VSA system indicator comes on and stays

on while driving, the agile handling assist does not
activate.

You may hear a sound coming from the engine

compartment while the agile handling assist is
activated. This is normal.
Driving

230
 uuWhen DrivinguDeflation Warning System *

Deflation Warning System *

Instead of directly measuring the pressure in each tyre, the deflation warning system 1Deflation Warning System *
on this vehicle monitors and compares the rolling radius and rotational The system does not monitor the tyres when driving
characteristics of each wheel and tyre while you are driving to determine if one or at low speed.
more tyres are significantly under-inflated.
Conditions such as low ambient temperature and
Models with driver information interface
altitude change directly affect tyre pressure and can
Low Tyre Pressure/Deflation This will cause the low tyre pressure/deflation trigger the low tyre pressure/deflation warning
Warning System Indicator warning system indicator to come on and a system indicator to come on.
message to appear on the driver information
interface. Tyre pressure checked and inflated in:
• Warm weather can become under-inflated in
colder weather.
• Cold weather can become over-inflated in warmer
weather.
The low tyre pressure/deflation warning system
indicator will not come on as a result of over inflation.

Driving
The deflation warning system may not function
Models with information display properly if tyre type and size are mixed.
This will cause the low tyre pressure/deflation Make sure to use the same size and type of tyre.
Low Tyre Pressure/Deflation 2 Checking and Maintaining Tyres P. 296
Warning System Indicator warning system indicator to come on.
The low tyre pressure/deflation warning system
indicator may come on with a delay or may not come
on at all when:
• You rapidly accelerate, decelerate, or turn the
steering wheel.
• You drive on snowy or slippery roads.
• Tyre chains * are used.

* Not available on all models Continued 231

 uuWhen DrivinguDeflation Warning System *

ԏ Deflation Warning System Initialisation 1Deflation Warning System *

The low tyre pressure/deflation warning system
You must start deflation warning system initialisation every time you: indicator may come on under the following
• Adjust the pressure in one or more tyres. conditions:
• Rotate the tyres. • A compact spare tyre * is used.
• Replace one or more tyres. • Tyre chains * are used.
• Deflation warning system cannot be initialised if a
Before initialising the deflation warning system: compact spare tyre * is installed.
• The initialisation process requires approximately 30
• Set the cold tyre pressure in all four tyres.
minutes of cumulative driving at speeds between
2 Checking Tyres P. 296
40−100 km/h.
• During this period, if the engine is turned on and
Make sure: the vehicle is not moved within 45 seconds, you
• The vehicle is at a complete stop. may notice the low tyre pressure/deflation warning
system indicator comes on briefly. This is normal
Continuously variable transmission models
and indicates that the initialisation process is not
• The shift lever is in (P . yet complete.
Driving

Manual transmission models

• The shift lever is in (N . If tyre chains * are installed, remove them before
initialising the deflation warning system.
All models
• The power mode is in ON. If the low tyre pressure/deflation warning system
indicator comes on even when the properly inflated
specified regular tyres are installed, have your vehicle
checked by a dealer.

We recommend that the tyres be replaced with the

same brand, model, and size as the originals. Ask a
dealer for details.

232 * Not available on all models

 uuWhen DrivinguDeflation Warning System *

Models with driver information interface 1Deflation Warning System *

You can initialise the system from the The indicators for the Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA)
customized features on the driver information System, Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA) OFF and Low
interface. Tyre Pressure/Deflation Warning System * may come
1. Press (home) button. on after reconnecting the battery. Drive a short
distance at more than 20 km/h. The indicator should
2. Roll the left selector wheel controls to select
go off. If it does not, have your vehicle checked by a
, then push the left selector wheel.
dealer.
u appears on the display.
3. Roll the left selector wheel controls to select
Deflation Warning System, then push
the left selector wheel.
u The display switches to the
customization setup screen, where you
can select Cancel or Initialise.
4. Roll the left selector wheel controls to select

Driving
Initialise, then push the left selector wheel.
u Completed screen appears, then the
display returns to the customization
setup screen.

• If the Failed message appears, repeat steps

3 – 4.
• The initialisation process finishes
automatically.

* Not available on all models Continued 233

 uuWhen DrivinguDeflation Warning System *

Models with information display

Press and hold the deflation warning system
button until the low tyre pressure/deflation
warning system indicator blinks twice,
indicating the initialisation process has begun.
• If the low tyre pressure/deflation warning
system indicator does not blink, confirm the
above conditions then press and hold the
deflation warning system button again.
• The initialisation process finishes
automatically.
Driving

234
 Braking
Brake System
ԏ Parking Brake 1Parking Brake
NOTICE
Use the parking brake to keep the vehicle stationary when parking.
Release the parking brake fully before driving. The
To apply:
rear brakes and axle can be damaged if you drive
Pull the lever fully up without pressing the with the parking brake applied.
release button.
If you start driving without fully releasing the parking
brake, a buzzer sounds as a warning, and Release
Parking Brake appears on the driver information
interface *.

Release Button Always apply the parking brake when parking.

To release:
1. Pull the lever slightly, and press and hold
the release button.
2. Lower the lever down all the way, then

Driving
release the button.

* Not available on all models Continued 235

 uuBrakinguBrake System

1Foot Brake
ԏ Foot Brake
Check the brakes after driving through deep water,
Your vehicle is equipped with disc brakes at the front, and drum brakes in the rear or if there is a buildup of road surface water. If
wheels. A vacuum power assist helps to reduce the effort needed on the brake necessary, dry the brakes by lightly depressing the
pedal. The brake assist system increases the stopping force when you depress the pedal several times.
brake pedal hard in an emergency situation. The anti-lock brake system (ABS) helps
you retain steering control when braking very hard. If you hear a continuous metallic friction sound when
2 Brake Assist System P. 238 applying the brakes, the brake pads need to be
replaced. Have the vehicle checked by a dealer.
2 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) P. 237
Constantly using the brake pedal while going down a
long hill builds up heat, which reduces the brake
effectiveness. Apply engine braking by taking your
foot off the accelerator pedal and downshifting to a
speed position. With manual transmission use a
lower gear for greater engine braking.
Driving

Do not rest your foot on the brake pedal while

driving, as it will lightly apply the brakes and cause
them to lose effectiveness over time and reduce pad
life. It will also confuse drivers behind you.

236
 uuBrakinguAnti-lock Brake System (ABS)

Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)

1Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)
ԏ ABS
NOTICE
Helps to prevent the wheels from locking up, and helps you to retain steering
The ABS may not function correctly if you use a tyre
control by pumping the brakes rapidly, much faster than you. of the wrong size or type.

The electronic brake distribution (EBD) system, which is part of the ABS, also If the ABS indicator comes on while driving, there
balances the front-to-rear braking distribution according to vehicle loading. may be a problem with the system.
While normal braking will not be affected, there is a
You should never pump the brake pedal. Let the ABS work for you by always possibility that the ABS will not be operating. Have
your vehicle checked by a dealer immediately.
keeping firm, steady pressure on the brake pedal. This is sometimes referred to as
“stomp and steer.” The ABS is not designed for the purpose of reducing
the time or distance it takes for a vehicle to stop: It is
ԏ ABS operation designed to limit brake lockup which can lead to
The brake pedal may pulsate slightly when the ABS is working. Depress the brake skidding and loss of steering control.
pedal and keep holding the pedal firmly down. On dry pavement, you will need to
In the following cases, your vehicle may need more
press on the brake pedal very hard before the ABS activates. However, you may feel

Driving
distance to stop than a vehicle without the ABS:
the ABS activate immediately if you are trying to stop on snow or ice. • You are driving on rough or uneven road surfaces,
such as gravel or snow.
ABS may activate when you depress the brake pedal when driving on: • The tyres are equipped with tyre chains *.
• Wet or snow covered roads.
• Roads paved with stone. The following may be observed with the ABS system:
• Roads with uneven surfaces, such as potholes, cracks, manholes, etc. • Motor sounds coming from the engine
compartment when the brakes are applied, or
when system checks are being performed after the
When the vehicle speed goes under 10 km/h, the ABS stops. engine has been started and while the vehicle
accelerates.
• Brake pedal and/or the vehicle body vibration when
ABS activates.
These vibrations and sounds are normal to ABS
systems and are no cause for concern.

* Not available on all models 237

 uuBrakinguBrake Assist System

Brake Assist System

Is designed to assist the driver by generating greater braking force when you depress
the brake pedal hard during emergency braking.

ԏ Brake assist system operation

Press the brake pedal firmly for more powerful braking.

When brake assist operates, the pedal may wiggle slightly and an operating noise
may be heard. This is normal. Keep holding the brake pedal firmly down.
Driving

238
 uuBrakinguEmergency Stop Signal

Emergency Stop Signal

Activates when you brake hard while driving at 60 km/h or above to alert drivers 1Emergency Stop Signal
behind you about sudden braking by rapidly flashing hazard warning lights. This The emergency stop signal is not a system that can
may help to alert drivers behind you to take appropriate means to avoid a possible prevent a possible rear-end collision caused by your
collision with your vehicle. hard braking. It flashes the hazard warning lights at
the time you are braking hard. It is always
recommended to avoid hard braking unless it is
ԏ When the system activates:
absolutely necessary.
Hard Braking
The emergency stop signal does not activate with the
hazard warning button pressed in.
Brake Lights Come On
If the ABS stops working for a certain period during
braking, the emergency stop signal may not activate
at all.
Hazard Warning Lights
Flash
Hazard Warning Indicators Blink

Driving
The hazard warning lights stop flashing when:
• The ABS is deactivated.
• Your vehicle’s decelerating speed becomes moderate.
• You press the hazard warning button.

239
 Parking Your Vehicle
When Stopped
1. Depress the brake pedal firmly. 1Parking Your Vehicle
2. Apply the parking brake. Continuously variable transmission models
Continuously variable transmission models
3 WARNING
3. Change the shift position to (P .
The vehicle can roll away if left unattended
Manual transmission models
without confirming that Park is engaged.
3. Move the shift lever to (1 or (R .
Diesel models A vehicle that rolls away could cause a crash
4. Keep idling the engine for about 10 seconds. resulting in serious injury or death.
All models
5. Turn off the engine. Always keep your foot on the brake pedal
until you have confirmed that (P is shown
Always set the parking brake firmly, in particular if you are parked on an incline. on the shift position indicator.

Do not park your vehicle near flammable objects,

such as dry grass, oil, or timber.
Driving

Heat from the exhaust can cause a fire.

Continuously variable transmission models

NOTICE
The following can damage the transmission:
• Depressing the accelerator and brake pedals
simultaneously.
• Holding the vehicle in place when facing uphill by
depressing the accelerator pedal.
• Change the shift position to (P before the vehicle
stops completely.

240
 uuParking Your VehicleuWhen Stopped

1Parking Your Vehicle

All models
In extremely cold temperatures, the parking brake
may freeze up if applied. If such temperatures are
expected, do not apply the parking brake but, if
parking on a slope, either turn the front wheels so
they will contact the curb if the vehicle rolls down the
slope or block the wheels to keep the vehicle from
moving. If you do not take either precaution, the
vehicle may roll unexpectedly, leading to a crash.

Diesel models
The engine idling may be prohibited in some
countries. Check and follow your local legal
requirements.

Driving
241
 uuParking Your VehicleuParking Sensor System *

Parking Sensor System *

The rear corner * and centre sensors monitor obstacles behind your vehicle, and the 1Parking Sensor System *
beeper and driver information interface * lets you know the approximate distance Even when the system is on, always confirm if there is
between your vehicle and the obstacle. no obstacle near your vehicle before parking.

ԏ The sensor location and range The system may not work properly when:
• The sensors are covered with snow, ice, mud or
Corner Sensors * Centre Sensors dirt.
• The vehicle is on uneven surface, such as grass,
bumps, or a hill.
• The vehicle has been out in hot or cold weather.
• The system is affected by devices that emit
ultrasonic waves.
• Driving in bad weather.

The system may not sense:

• Thin or low objects.
• Sonic-absorptive materials, such as snow, cotton,
Driving

or sponge.
Cover within about 70 cm or less Cover within about 110 cm or less • Objects directly under the bumper.

Models without parking sensor system button Do not put any accessories on or around the sensors.
The system activates when the transmission is in (R , and the vehicle speed is less
than 8 km/h. Models with parking sensor system button
When you set the power mode to ON, the system will
be in the previously selected condition.

242 * Not available on all models

 uuParking Your VehicleuParking Sensor System *

Models with parking sensor system button

ԏ Parking Sensor System On and Off

With the power mode in ON, press the
parking sensor system button to turn on or off
the system. The indicator in the button comes
on when the system is on.

The rear centre and corner sensors start to

detect an obstacle when the shift lever is in
(R , and the vehicle speed is less than 8 km/h.

Manual transmission models

You also need to release the parking brake.

Driving
Continued 243
 uuParking Your VehicleuParking Sensor System *

ԏ When the Distance Between Your Vehicle and Obstacles

Becomes Shorter

Length of the Distance between the Bumper and Obstacle

Indicator*1 Driver information interface*1
intermittent beep Corner Sensors * Centre Sensors

Moderate — About 60-110 cm Blinks in Yellow*2

Short About 45-70 cm About 45-60 cm

Blinks in Amber
Very short About 35-45 cm About 35-45 cm

Continuous About 35 cm or less About 35 cm or less Blinks in Red

Indicators light where the
Driving

sensor detects an obstacle

*1:Models with driver information interface

*2:At this stage, only the centre sensors detect obstacles.

244 * Not available on all models

 uuParking Your VehicleuParking Sensor System *

Models with parking sensor system button

1Turning off All Rear Sensors
ԏ Turning off All Rear Sensors
When you set the shift position to (R , the indicator in
1. Make sure that the parking sensor system is not activated. Set the power mode to the parking sensor system button blinks as a
VEHICLE OFF (LOCK). reminder that the rear sensors have been turned off.
2. Press and hold the parking sensor system button, and set the power mode to ON.
3. Keep pressing the button for 10 seconds. Release the button when the indicator
in the button flashes.
4. Press the button again. The indicator in the button goes off.
u The beeper sounds twice. The rear sensors are now turned off.

To turn the rear sensors on again, follow the above procedure. The beeper sounds
three times when the rear sensors come back on.

Driving
245
 Refueling
Petrol models
Fuel Information 1Fuel Information
ԏ Fuel recommendation NOTICE
Indonesian models Use of petrol that contains lead presents the
Unleaded petrol, research octane number 90 or higher following risks:
• Damage to the exhaust system including the
Use of lower octane petrol can cause a persistent, heavy metallic knocking noise that catalytic converter
can lead to engine damage. • Damage to the engine and fuel system
• Detrimental effects on the engine and other
systems
Except Indonesian models

Unleaded petrol, research octane number 91 or higher

Use of lower octane petrol can cause a persistent, heavy metallic knocking noise that
can lead to engine damage.

ԏ Fuel tank capacity: 40 L

Driving

246
 uuRefuelinguFuel Information

Diesel models
Fuel Information 1Fuel Information
ԏ Fuel recommendation NOTICE
Automotive Diesel Fuel Serious damage may occur if petrol is used in diesel
engines.
Use the automotive diesel fuel specified with a cetane number 51 or higher and up
to 10 ppm of sulfur. Your vehicle is not designed to use biodiesel. (pure or
high concentration more than 7% vol) Consult a
dealer for more information.
Select the proper fuel of clean and good quality according to the regional and
climate condition. Use of improper fuel can reduce engine power.
NOTICE
Not using the recommended automotive diesel fuel
ԏ Fuel tank capacity: 40 L can cause the decreased engine performance.

Never use the heating oil and marine diesel fuel.

We recommend to replace the fuel filter before

starting to drive if you have parked your vehicle for an

Driving
extended period. The fuel filter may become clogged
earlier than usual.

247
 uuRefuelinguHow to Refuel

How to Refuel
1. Stop your vehicle with the service station 1How to Refuel
pump on the left side of the vehicle in the
rear. 3 WARNING
Pull
2. Turn off the engine. Fuel is highly flammable and explosive. You
3. Pull on the fuel fill door release handle can be burned or seriously injured when
under the driver's side lower outside corner handling fuel.
of the dashboard.
u The fuel fill door opens. • Stop the engine, and keep heat, sparks,
and flame away.
4. Remove the fuel fill cap slowly. If you hear a • Handle fuel only outdoors.
release of air, wait until this stops, then turn • Wipe up spills immediately.
the knob slowly to open the fuel fill cap.
The filler nozzle automatically stops to leave space in
the fuel tank so that fuel does not overflow as a result
of changes in air temperature.
Driving

Cap Do not continue to add fuel after the filler nozzle has
automatically stopped. Additional fuel can exceed
the full tank capacity.
5. Place the fuel fill cap in the holder.
Cap
6. Insert the fuel filler nozzle fully. Diesel models
u When the tank is full, the filler nozzle will Check if you have picked up the right nozzle. When
click off automatically. This leaves space you cannot insert the filler nozzle even though it is for
in the fuel tank in case the fuel expands diesel fuel, use the funnel provided with your vehicle.
with a change in the temperature.
7. After filling, replace the fuel fill cap,
Holder tightening it until you hear it click at least
once.
u Shut the fuel fill door by hand.

248
 Fuel Economy and CO2 Emissions
Improving Fuel Economy and Reducing CO2
Emissions
Achieving fuel economy and reducing CO2 emissions is dependent on several 1Improving Fuel Economy and Reducing CO2 Emissions
factors, including driving conditions, load weight, idling time, driving habits, and Direct calculation is the recommended method to
vehicle condition. Depending on these and other factors, you may not achieve the determine actual fuel consumed while driving.
rated fuel economy of this vehicle.
Litres of Kilometres
100 L per 100 km
fuel driven

ԏ Maintenance and Fuel Economy Kilometres Litres of Kilometres

driven fuel per Litre
You can optimize your fuel economy with proper maintenance of your vehicle.
Follow the maintenance schedule and, if necessary, consult your warranty booklet.
2 Maintenance Schedule P. 255
• Use engine oil with the viscosity recommended.
2 Recommended Engine Oil P. 266
• Maintain the specified tyre pressure.
• Do not load the vehicle with excess luggage.

Driving
• Keep your vehicle clean. A buildup of snow or mud on your vehicle's underside
adds weight and increases wind resistance.

249
250
 Maintenance
This chapter discusses basic maintenance.

Before Performing Maintenance Transmission Fluid............................ 274 Tyre and Wheel Replacement........... 299
Inspection and Maintenance ............ 252 Brake/Clutch * Fluid .......................... 275 Tyre Rotation ................................... 300
Safety When Performing Maintenance .... 253 Refilling Window Washer Fluid......... 276 Snow Traction Devices ..................... 301
Parts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Fuel Filter ......................................... 276 Battery............................................... 303
Service ........................................... 254 Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Remote Transmitter Care
Maintenance Schedule ..................... 255 Regeneration * ................................. 277 Replacing the Button Battery ........... 306
Maintenance Under the Bonnet Replacing Light Bulbs ....................... 280 Cooling System */Climate Control
Maintenance Items Under the Bonnet .. 263 Checking and Maintaining Wiper System * Maintenance .................... 307
Opening the Bonnet ........................ 265 Blades .......................................... 294 Cleaning
Recommended Engine Oil ................ 266 Checking and Maintaining Tyres Interior Care .................................... 309
Oil Check ......................................... 268 Checking Tyres ................................ 296 Exterior Care.................................... 311
Adding Engine Oil ............................ 270 Wear Indicators................................ 298 Accessories and Modifications ........ 314
Engine Coolant ................................ 271 Tyre Service Life ............................... 298

* Not available on all models 251

 Before Performing Maintenance
Inspection and Maintenance
For your safety, perform all listed inspections and maintenance to keep your vehicle
in good condition. If you become aware of any abnormality (noise, smell, insufficient
brake fluid, oil residue on the ground, etc.), have your vehicle inspected by a dealer.
Refer to the Service Book that came with your vehicle/maintenance schedule in this
owner’s manual for detailed maintenance and inspection information.
2 Maintenance Schedule P. 255

ԏ Types of Inspection and Maintenance

ԏ Daily inspections
Perform inspections before long distance trips, when washing the vehicle, or when
refueling.

ԏ Periodic inspections
• Check the brake/clutch * fluid level monthly.
2 Brake/Clutch * Fluid P. 275
• Check the tyre pressure monthly. Examine the tread for wear and foreign objects.
2 Checking and Maintaining Tyres P. 296
• Check the operation of the exterior lights monthly.
Maintenance

2 Replacing Light Bulbs P. 280

• Check the condition of the wiper blades at least every six months.
2 Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades P. 294

252 * Not available on all models

 uuBefore Performing MaintenanceuSafety When Performing Maintenance

Safety When Performing Maintenance

Some of the most important safety precautions are given here. However, we cannot 1Safety When Performing Maintenance
warn you of every conceivable hazard that can arise in performing maintenance.
Only you can decide whether you should perform a given task. 3 WARNING
Improperly maintaining this vehicle or
ԏ Maintenance Safety failing to correct a problem before driving
can cause a crash in which you can be
• To reduce the possibility of fire or explosion, keep cigarettes, sparks, and flames
seriously hurt or killed.
away from the battery and all fuel related parts.
• Never leave rags, towels, or other flammable objects under the bonnet. Always follow the inspection and
u Heat from the engine and exhaust can ignite them, causing a fire. maintenance recommendations and
• To clean parts, use a commercially available degreaser or parts cleaner, not petrol. schedules in this owner’s manual/Service
• Wear eye protection and protective clothing when working with the battery or Book.
compressed air.
• Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide, which is poisonous and can kill you.
u Only operate the engine if there is sufficient ventilation. 3 WARNING
Failure to properly follow maintenance
ԏ Vehicle Safety instructions and precautions can cause you
to be seriously hurt or killed.
• The vehicle must be in a stationary condition.

Maintenance
u Make sure your vehicle is parked on level ground, the parking brake is set, and Always follow the procedures and
the engine is off. precautions in this owner's manual.
• Be aware that hot parts can burn you.
u Make sure to let the engine and exhaust system cool thoroughly before
touching vehicle parts.
• Be aware that moving parts can injure you.
u Do not start the engine unless instructed, and keep your hands and limbs away
from moving parts.

253
 uuBefore Performing MaintenanceuParts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service

Parts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service

The use of Honda genuine parts and fluids is recommended when maintaining and 1Parts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service
servicing your vehicle. Honda genuine parts are manufactured according to the Diesel models
same high quality standards used in Honda vehicles. NOTICE
Do not press the engine cover forcibly. This may
damage the engine cover and component parts.
Maintenance

254
 Maintenance Schedule

If your vehicle comes with the Service Book;tĂƌƌĂŶƚLJŽŽŬůĞƚͿ, the maintenance schedule for your vehicle is available in the book.
For vehicles without the Service Book;tĂƌƌĂŶƚLJŽŽŬůĞƚͿ, refer to the following maintenance schedule.

The maintenance schedule outlines the minimum required maintenance that you should perform to ensure the troublefree operation of
your vehicle. Due to regional and climatic differences, some additional servicing may be required. Please consult your warranty booklet for
a more detailed description.

Maintenance work should be performed by properly trained and equipped technicians. Your authorised dealer meets all of these
requirements.
Petrol models
Except South African models

Service at the indicated distance or km x 1,000 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200
time - whichever comes first. months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120
Normal Every 10,000 km or 1 year
Replace engine oil
Severe*2 Every 5,000 km or 6 months
Normal Every 20,000 km or 2 years
Replace engine oil filter
Severe*2 Every 10,000 km or 1 year
Every 30,000 km*3, *4

Maintenance
Replace air cleaner element
Every 20,000 km*5
Inspect valve clearance*1 Every 120,000 km
*1:Sensory Method: Adjust the valves during service 120,000 km if they are noisy.
*2:Refer to page 258 for replacement information under severe conditions.
*3:Bhutanese, Nepalese, Sri Lankan and Malaysian models
*4:African models
*5:Indian models

Continued 255
 uuMaintenance Scheduleu

Service at the indicated distance or km x 1,000 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200
time - whichever comes first. months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120
Replace spark plugs Every 100,000 km
Inspect drive belt • • • • •
At 200,000 km or 10 years,
Replace engine coolant
thereafter every 100,000 km or 5 years
MT Normal •
Replace transmission fluid Severe*2 • • •
CVT • • • • •
Replace dust and pollen filter • • • • • • • • • •
Inspect front and rear brakes Every 10,000 km or 1 year
Every 140,000 km*3
Normal
Every 120,000 km*4, *5
Replace fuel filter*1
Every 90,000 km*3
Severe*2
Every 60,000 km*4, *5
Replace brake fluid Every 3 years
Check parking brake adjustment • • • • • •
Rotate tyres (Check tyre inflation and condition at least once
Maintenance

Every 10,000 km
per month)
*1:It is recommended that you replace the fuel filter if the fuel you are using is suspected to be contaminated with dust, etc. because the
filter may be clogged sooner.
*2:Refer to page 258 for replacement information under severe conditions.
*3:Bhutanese, Nepalese, Sri Lankan and Malaysian models
*4:Indian models
*5:African models

256
 uuMaintenance Scheduleu

Service at the indicated distance or km x 1,000 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200
time - whichever comes first. months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120
Visually inspect the following items:
Tie rod ends, steering gear box, and boots
Suspension components Every 10,000 km or 1 year
Driveshaft boots
Brake hoses and lines (including ABS/VSA)
All fluid levels and condition of fluid
• • • • • • • • • •
Exhaust system
Fuel lines and connections

Maintenance
Continued 257
 uuMaintenance Scheduleu

If you drive your vehicle under severe conditions, you must have the following items 1Maintenance Schedule
served to the maintenance schedule indicated as Severe. The condition is considered as severe when you drive:
A. less than 8 km, or less than 16 km in freezing
Items Condition
temperatures per trip.
Engine oil and oil filter A, B, C, D and E B. In extremely hot temperature above 35°C.
Transmission fluid B, D C. With extensive idling or long periods of stop-and-
go.
D. With a loaded roof rack, or in mountains.
E. On muddy, dusty or de-iced roads.
Maintenance

258
 uuMaintenance Scheduleu

Diesel models

Service at the indicated distance or km x 1,000 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200
time - whichever comes first. months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120
Normal Every 10,000 km or 1 year
Replace engine oil
Severe*1 Every 5,000 km or 6 months
Normal Every 10,000 km or 1 year
Replace engine oil filter
Severe*1 Every 5,000 km or 6 months
LAF (A/F) sensor cleaning Every 10,000 km or 1 year
Every 20,000 km*2
Replace air cleaner element Dry
Every 30,000 km*3
Every 20,000 km*2
Replace fuel filter
Every 30,000 km*3
Inspect drive belts • • • • •
Replace engine coolant • •
MT Normal •
Replace transmission fluid
Severe*1 • • •
*1:Refer to page 261 for replacement information under severe conditions.

Maintenance
*2:Indian models
*3:Bhutanese and Nepalese models

Continued 259
 uuMaintenance Scheduleu

Service at the indicated distance or km x 1,000 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200
time - whichever comes first. months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120
Replace dust and pollen filter • • • • • • • • • •
Inspect front and rear brakes Every 10,000 km or 1 year
Replace brake fluid Every 3 years
Check parking brake adjustment • • • • • •
Rotate tyres (Check tyre inflation and condition at least once
Every 10,000 km
per month)
Visually inspect the following items:
Tie rod ends, steering gear box, and boots
Suspension components Every 10,000 km or 1 year
Driveshaft boots
Brake hoses and lines (including ABS/VSA)
All fluid levels and condition of fluid
• • • • • • • • • •
Exhaust system
Fuel lines and connections
Maintenance

260
 uuMaintenance Scheduleu

If you drive your vehicle under severe conditions, you must have the following items 1Maintenance Schedule
served to the maintenance schedule indicated as Severe. The condition is considered as severe when you drive:
A. less than 8 km, or less than 16 km in freezing
Items Condition
temperatures per trip.
Engine oil and oil filter A, B, C, D and E B. In extremely hot temperature above 35°C.
Transmission fluid B, D C. With extensive idling or long periods of stop-and-
go.
D. With a loaded roof rack, or in mountains.
E. On muddy, dusty or de-iced roads.

Maintenance
261
 uuMaintenance ScheduleuMaintenance Record (On Vehicles without Service Book)

Maintenance Record (On Vehicles without Service Book)

Have your servicing dealer record all required maintenance below. Keep receipts for all work done on your vehicle.

Km or Month Date Sign or Stamp

20,000 km
(or 12 Mo.)

40,000 km
(or 24 Mo.)
60,000 km
(or 36 Mo.)
80,000 km
(or 48 Mo.)

100,000 km
(or 60 Mo.)
120,000 km
(or 72 Mo.)
Maintenance

140,000 km
(or 84 Mo.)

160,000 km
(or 96 Mo.)
180,000 km
(or 108 Mo.)

200,000 km
(or 120 Mo.)

262
Maintenance Under the Bonnet
Maintenance Items Under the Bonnet
Petrol models

Brake/Clutch * Fluid
(Black Cap)

Engine Oil Dipstick

(Orange)
Battery
Engine Oil Fill Cap

Engine Coolant
Reserve Tank

Washer Fluid Radiator Cap

(Blue Cap)

Maintenance
* Not available on all models Continued 263
 uuMaintenance Under the BonnetuMaintenance Items Under the Bonnet

Diesel models

Brake/Clutch Fluid
(Black Cap) Engine Coolant
Reserve Tank
Engine Oil Fill Cap

Engine Oil Dipstick

(Orange) Battery

Washer Fluid Radiator Cap

(Blue Cap)
Maintenance

264
 uuMaintenance Under the BonnetuOpening the Bonnet

Opening the Bonnet

Bonnet Release Handle 1. Park the vehicle on a level surface, and set 1Opening the Bonnet
the parking brake. NOTICE
2. Pull the bonnet release handle under the Do not open the bonnet when the wiper arms are
driver’s side lower outside corner of the raised. The bonnet will strike the wipers, resulting in
dashboard. possible damage to the bonnet and/or the wipers.
u The bonnet will pop up slightly.
Pull Diesel models
NOTICE
Do not press the engine cover forcibly. This may
damage the engine cover and component parts.
3. Pull up the bonnet latch lever (located
under the front edge of the bonnet to the When closing the bonnet, check that the bonnet is
centre) and raise the bonnet. Once you securely latched.
have raised the bonnet slightly, you can
Lever If the bonnet latch lever moves stiffly, or if you can
release the lever.
open the bonnet without lifting the lever, the latch
mechanism should be cleaned and lubricated.

Maintenance
4. Remove the support rod from the clamp
Support Rod
Grip using the grip. Mount the support rod in
the bonnet.

When closing, remove the support rod, and

stow it in the clamp, then gently lower the
bonnet. Remove your hand at a height of
approximately 30 cm and let the bonnet close.
Clamp

265
 uuMaintenance Under the BonnetuRecommended Engine Oil

Petrol models
Recommended Engine Oil
1Recommended Engine Oil
Use a genuine engine oil or another commercial engine oil of suitable type and Engine Oil Additives
viscosity (for the ambient temperature) as shown in the image that follows. Your vehicle does not require oil additives. In fact,
they may adversely affect the engine performance
Oil is a major contributor to your engine’s performance and longevity. If you drive and durability.
the vehicle with insufficient or deteriorated oil, the engine may fail or be damaged.

Genuine Engine Oil Commercial Engine Oil

Ծ Honda Engine OIL #1.0 Ծ API service SM or higher grade fuel-
Ծ Honda Green OIL efficient oil
Ծ Honda Genuine Motor Oil Ծ ACEA A5/B5
Maintenance

Ambient Temperature Ambient Temperature

*1:Formulated to improve fuel economy.

266
 uuMaintenance Under the BonnetuRecommended Engine Oil

Diesel models
Recommended Engine Oil 1Recommended Engine Oil
Use a genuine engine oil or another commercial engine oil of suitable type and Engine Oil Additives
viscosity (for the ambient temperature) as shown in the image that follows. Your vehicle does not require oil additives. In fact,
they may adversely affect the engine performance
Oil is a major contributor to your engine's performance and longevity. If you drive and durability.
the vehicle with insufficient or deteriorated oil, the engine may fail or be damaged.

Genuine Engine Oil Commercial Engine Oil

Ծ Honda Genuine Diesel Oil #2.0 Ծ ACEA C2/C3

Ambient Temperature Ambient Temperature

Maintenance
*1:Formulated to improve fuel economy.

267
 uuMaintenance Under the BonnetuOil Check

Oil Check
We recommend that you check the engine oil level every time you refuel. 1Oil Check
Park the vehicle on level ground. If the oil level is near or below the lower mark, slowly
Wait approximately three minutes after turning the engine off before you check the add oil, being careful not to overfill.
oil.
Petrol models 1. Remove the dipstick (orange).
2. Wipe the dipstick with a clean cloth or
paper towel.
3. Insert the dipstick back all the way into its
hole.

Dipstick
Diesel models
Maintenance

Dipstick

268
 uuMaintenance Under the BonnetuOil Check

Petrol models 4. Remove the dipstick again, and check the

level. It should be between the upper and
lower marks. Add oil if necessary.

Upper Mark

Lower Mark

Diesel models

Upper Mark
Lower Mark

Maintenance
269
 uuMaintenance Under the BonnetuAdding Engine Oil

Adding Engine Oil

Petrol models 1. Unscrew and remove the engine oil fill cap. 1Adding Engine Oil
2. Add oil slowly.
NOTICE
3. Reinstall the engine oil fill cap, and tighten Do not fill the engine oil above the upper mark.
it securely. Overfilling the engine oil may result in leaks and
4. Wait for three minutes and recheck the engine damage.
engine oil dipstick.
If any oil spills, wipe it away immediately. Spilled oil
Engine Oil may damage the engine compartment components.
Fill Cap
Diesel models

Engine Oil
Fill Cap
Maintenance

270
 uuMaintenance Under the BonnetuEngine Coolant

Engine Coolant
Specified coolant: Honda All Season Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2 1Engine Coolant

This coolant is premixed with 50% antifreeze and 50% water. Do not add any 3 WARNING
straight antifreeze or water.
Removing the radiator cap while the
We recommend you check the engine coolant level every time you refuel. Check the engine is hot can cause the coolant to spray
reserve tank first. If it is completely empty, also check the coolant level in the out, seriously scalding you.
radiator. Add the engine coolant accordingly.
Always let the engine and radiator cool
down before removing the radiator cap.
ԏ Reserve Tank
Petrol models 1. Make sure the engine and radiator are If temperatures consistently below -30°C are
cool. expected, the coolant mixture should be changed to
Reserve Tank
2. Check the amount of coolant in the reserve a higher concentration. Consult your Honda dealer
tank. for details about a suitable coolant mixture.
u If the coolant level is below the MIN
If Honda antifreeze/coolant is not available, you may
mark, add the specified coolant until it
use another major brand of non-silicate coolant as a
reaches the MAX mark. temporary replacement. Check that it is a high quality
3. Inspect the cooling system for leaks. coolant recommended for aluminium engines.
MIN MAX Continued use of any non-Honda coolant can result

Maintenance
Diesel models in corrosion, causing the cooling system to
malfunction or fail. Have the cooling system flushed
Reserve Tank
and refilled with Honda antifreeze/coolant as soon as
possible.

MIN MAX

Continued 271
 uuMaintenance Under the BonnetuEngine Coolant

Petrol models 1Engine Coolant

Do not add rust inhibitors or other additives to your
vehicle's cooling system. They may not be compatible
with the coolant or with the engine components.

Diesel models
Maintenance

272
 uuMaintenance Under the BonnetuEngine Coolant

1Radiator
ԏ Radiator
NOTICE
Petrol models 1. Make sure the engine and radiator are
Pour the fluid slowly and carefully so you do not spill
cool. any. Clean up any spills immediately; they can
2. Turn the radiator cap 1/8 turn anticlockwise damage components in the engine compartment.
and relieve any pressure in the cooling
Radiator Cap system.
3. Push down and turn the radiator cap
anticlockwise to remove it.
4. The coolant level should be up to the base
of the filler neck. Add coolant if it is low.
Diesel models 5. Put the radiator cap back on, and tighten it
fully.

Radiator Cap

Maintenance
273
 uuMaintenance Under the BonnetuTransmission Fluid

Transmission Fluid
Manual transmission models
1Manual Transmission Fluid
ԏ Manual Transmission Fluid
NOTICE
Specified fluid: Honda MTF If Honda MTF is not available, you may use the API
certificated SAE 0W-20 or 5W-20 viscosity motor oil
Have a dealer check the fluid level and replace if necessary. as a temporary measure.
Follow your vehicle’s maintenance service timing of when to change manual Replace with MTF as soon as possible. Motor oil does
transmission fluid. not contain the proper additives for the transmission
2 Maintenance Schedule P. 255 and continued use can cause decreased shifting
performance and lead to transmission damage.
Do not attempt to check or change the manual transmission fluid yourself.

Continuously variable transmission models

1Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) Fluid
ԏ Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) Fluid
NOTICE
Specified fluid: Honda HCF-2 Do not mix Honda HCF-2 with other
transmission fluids.
Have a dealer check the fluid level and replace if necessary. Using a transmission fluid other than Honda HCF-2
Follow your vehicle’s maintenance service timing of when to change continuously may adversely affect the operation and durability of
Maintenance

variable transmission fluid. your vehicle's transmission, and damage the

2 Maintenance Schedule P. 255 transmission.
Any damage caused by using a transmission fluid that
is not equivalent to Honda HCF-2 is not covered by
Do not attempt to check or change the continuously variable transmission fluid
Honda’s new vehicle limited warranty.
yourself.

274
 uuMaintenance Under the BonnetuBrake/Clutch * Fluid

Brake/Clutch * Fluid
Specified fluid: Brake Fluid with DOT 3 or DOT 4 1Brake/Clutch * Fluid
NOTICE
ԏ Checking the Brake Fluid Brake fluid marked DOT 5 is not compatible with your
vehicle's braking system and can cause extensive
Reserve Tank The fluid level should be between the MIN
damage.
and MAX marks on the side of the reserve
tank. We recommend using a genuine product.

Manual transmission models If the brake fluid level is at or below the MIN mark,
The brake fluid reserve tank is also used for have a dealer inspect the vehicle for leaks or worn
brake pads as soon as possible.
your vehicle’s clutch fluid. As long as you keep
the brake fluid level as instructed above, there
MAX MIN is no need for checking the clutch fluid level.

Maintenance
* Not available on all models 275
 uuMaintenance Under the BonnetuRefilling Window Washer Fluid

Refilling Window Washer Fluid

Check the amount of window washer fluid by looking at the reservoir. 1Refilling Window Washer Fluid
NOTICE
If the level is low, fill the washer reservoir. Do not use engine antifreeze or a vinegar/water
Reserve Tank
solution in the windscreen washer reservoir.
Pour the washer fluid carefully. Do not Antifreeze can damage your vehicle's paint. A
overflow the reservoir. vinegar/water solution can damage the windscreen
washer pump.
Use only commercially available windscreen washer
fluid.
Avoid prolonged use of hard water to prevent lime
scale build up.

Fuel Filter
Replace fuel filter according to the time and distance recommendations in the
maintenance schedule.

Have a qualified technician change the fuel filter. Fuel in the system can spray out
and create a hazard if all fuel line connections are not handled correctly.
Maintenance

276
 Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Regeneration *
Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF)
Collects particulate matter (PM) from the exhaust gas. The DPF is installed in the 1Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF)
catalytic converter. The DPF must operate at a high temperature for the
chemical reactions to take place. It can set on fire any
combustible materials that come near it. Park your
ԏ How the DPF Works vehicle away from high grass, dry leaves, or other
The DPF periodically burns off the collected PM while driving at a high temperature flammables.
of catalytic converter.
When PM is burned off, you may notice white smoke in the exhaust gas, and the
increase in the average fuel consumption. This is temporary, and normal.

Maintenance
* Not available on all models Continued 277
 uuDiesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Regeneration * uDiesel Particulate Filter (DPF)

Models with driver information interface

1Regenerating DPF
ԏ Regenerating DPF
NOTICE
If you see on the driver information
If you ignore the symbol and do not regenerate the
interface, you need to regenerate the DPF: DPF, the driver information interface changes to the
• Drive your vehicle at a speed of 20 km/h or DPF warning symbol. If this happens, take your
over until the symbol disappears. vehicle to a dealer as soon as possible. Engine oil is
u It takes about 30 minutes to increase the required to be checked and replaced, if necessary.
catalytic converter temperature to burn Continuously ignoring the driver information
out and remove PM. interface warning symbol causes the DPF to be
Regenerate the DPF when this
symbol appears. clogged with PM, seriously damaging the DPF and
emission control systems, which may need
replacement.

To minimise the accumulation of PM, always use the

recommended diesel fuel.
2 Fuel Information P. 247

PM is accumulated in the catalytic converter when

you drive at a low speed for a long period of time or
Take your vehicle to a dealer
Maintenance

by frequent short journeys.

when this warning symbol
appears.

278
 uuDiesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Regeneration * uDiesel Particulate Filter (DPF)

Models with information display

1Regenerating DPF
ԏ Regenerating DPF
NOTICE
If the Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) indicator
If you ignore the DPF indicator blinking and do not
blinks, you need to regenerate the DPF: regenerate the DPF, the indicator comes on. If this
• Drive your vehicle at a speed of 20 km/h or happens, take your vehicle to a dealer as soon as
over until the indicator goes off. possible. Engine oil is required to be checked and
u It takes about 30 minutes to increase the replaced, if necessary. Continuously ignoring the
catalytic converter temperature to burn indicator coming on causes the DPF to be clogged
out and remove PM. with PM, seriously damaging the DPF and emission
control systems, which may need replacement.

To minimise the accumulation of PM, always use the

recommended diesel fuel.
2 Fuel Information P. 247

PM is accumulated in the catalytic converter when

you drive at a low speed for a long period of time or
by frequent short journeys.

Maintenance
279
 Replacing Light Bulbs
Headlight Bulbs
When replacing, use the following bulbs. 1Headlight Bulbs
High beam headlight: 60 W (HB3 for halogen bulb type) *
NOTICE
LED type * Halogen bulbs get very hot when lit.
Oil, perspiration, or a scratch on the glass can cause
Low beam headlight: 55 W (H7 for halogen bulb type) * the bulb to overheat and shatter.
LED type *
The headlight aim is set by the factory, and does not
ԏ High Beam Headlights need to be adjusted. However, if you regularly carry
heavy items in the boot, have the aiming readjusted
Models with halogen headlights at a dealer or by a qualified technician.
Driver side
When replacing a halogen bulb, handle it by its base,
1. Remove the holding clip using a flat-tip and protect the glass from contact with your skin or
screwdriver, then remove the upper part of hard objects. If you touch the glass, clean it with
the window washer reserve tank. denatured alcohol and a clean cloth.

Models with LED headlights

High beam and low beam headlights are LED type.
Have an authorised Honda dealer inspect and replace
Holding Clip the light assembly.

Holding clip
Maintenance

Both sides
Insert a flat-tip screwdriver, lift and remove the centre
2. Push the tab to remove the coupler. pin to remove the clip.
3. Rotate the old bulb anticlockwise to
remove. Centre pin
Bulb
4. Insert a new bulb into the headlight
assembly and turn it clockwise.
Tab
Coupler 5. Insert the coupler into the connector of the
bulb.

280 * Not available on all models

 uuReplacing Light BulbsuHeadlight Bulbs

1Headlight Bulbs
ԏ Low Beam Headlights
Insert the clip with the centre pin raised, and push
Models with halogen headlights until it is flat.
1. Rotate the cover anticlockwise to remove.

Push until the

pin is flat.

Cover

2. Unhook the hook, and pull out the

Bulb Hook connector.
3. Remove the old bulb and insert the new
bulb.
4. Put the connector back into the bulb.

Maintenance
Connector

281
 uuReplacing Light BulbsuFront Turn Signal Light Bulbs

Front Turn Signal Light Bulbs

When replacing, use the following bulbs. 1Front Turn Signal Light Bulbs
Front Turn Signal Light: 21 W (Amber) * Models with LED front turn signal lights
Front turn signal lights are LED type. Have an
LED type *
authorised Honda dealer inspect and replace the light
1. Turn the socket anticlockwise and remove assembly.
Bulb
it.
2. Remove the old bulb and insert a new bulb.

Socket

Position/Daytime Running Lights

Position/daytime running lights are LED type. Have an authorised Honda dealer
inspect and replace the light assembly.
Maintenance

282 * Not available on all models

 uuReplacing Light BulbsuFog Light Bulbs *

Fog Light Bulbs *

When replacing, use the following bulbs. 1Fog Light Bulbs *
Fog Light: 19 W (H16 for halogen bulb type) *
NOTICE
35 W (H8 for halogen bulb type) * Halogen bulbs get very hot when lit. Oil, perspiration,
LED type * or a scratch on the glass can cause the bulb to
overheat and shatter.
1. Remove the screw using a Phillips-head
Screw
screwdriver and remove the holding clips When replacing a halogen bulb, handle it by its
using a flat-tip screwdriver. plastic case, and protect the glass from contact with
Under your skin or hard objects. If you touch the glass, clean
2. Pull down the under cover.
Cover it with denatured alcohol and a clean cloth.

Models with LED fog lights

Front fog lights are LED type. Have an authorised
Holding Honda dealer inspect and replace the light assembly.
Clip
Holding clip
Insert a flat-tip screwdriver, lift and remove the centre
pin to remove the clip.

Maintenance
* Not available on all models Continued 283
 uuReplacing Light BulbsuFog Light Bulbs *

3. Push the tab to remove the coupler. 1Fog Light Bulbs *

Bulb 4. Rotate the old bulb to the left to remove. Insert the clip with the centre pin raised, and push
5. Insert a new bulb into the fog light until it is flat.
assembly and turn it to the right.
6. Insert the coupler into the connector of the
bulb.
Push until the
pin is flat.
Coupler
Tab
Maintenance

284 * Not available on all models

 uuReplacing Light BulbsuSide Turn Signal/Emergency Indicator Light Bulbs

Side Turn Signal/Emergency Indicator Light Bulbs

Fender type
When replacing, use the following bulbs.
Side Turn Signal Light: 5 W (Amber)

1. Push the front of the side turn signal

Socket assembly towards the rear of the vehicle
until it pops out of the body.
2. Turn the socket anticlockwise and remove
it.
3. Remove the old bulb and insert a new bulb.

Bulb

Door mirror type

Door mirror side turn lights are LED type. Have an authorised Honda dealer inspect
and replace the light assembly.

Maintenance
285
 uuReplacing Light BulbsuBrake/Taillight, Rear Side Marker Light and Rear Turn Signal Light Bulbs

Brake/Taillight, Rear Side Marker Light and Rear

Turn Signal Light Bulbs 1Brake/Taillight, Rear Side Marker Light and Rear Turn Signal Light
When replacing, use the following bulbs. Bulbs
Brake/taillights, rear side marker lights are LED type.
Brake/Taillight: LED Type
Have an authorised Honda dealer inspect and replace
Rear Side Marker Light: LED Type the light assembly.
Rear Turn Signal Light: 21W (Amber)

Boot Lining 1. Remove the holding clips using a flat-tip

screwdriver, then pull the lining back.

Clip

2. Pry on the edge of the cover using a flat-tip

screwdriver to remove the cover.
u Wrap the flat-tip screwdriver with a cloth
Maintenance

to prevent scratches.

Cover

286
 uuReplacing Light BulbsuBrake/Taillight, Rear Side Marker Light and Rear Turn Signal Light Bulbs

3. Use a Phillips-head screwdriver or socket to

remove the bolts.

Bolts
4. Pull the light assembly out of the rear pillar.

Maintenance
5. Turn the socket anticlockwise and remove
it.
6. Remove the old bulb and insert a new bulb.

Bulb

Socket

287
 uuReplacing Light BulbsuBack-Up Light and Taillight Bulbs

Back-Up Light and Taillight Bulbs

When replacing, use the following bulbs. 1Back-Up Light and Taillight Bulbs
Back-Up Light: 16 W Taillights are LED type. Have an authorised Honda
dealer inspect and replace the light assembly.
Taillight: LED Type

1. Remove the holding clips using a flat-tip

Lining
screwdriver, then pull the lining back.
Clip

2. Turn the socket anticlockwise and remove

it.
3. Remove the old bulb and insert a new bulb.
Bulb
Maintenance

Socket

288
 uuReplacing Light BulbsuRear Licence Plate Light Bulbs

Rear Licence Plate Light Bulbs

When replacing, use the following bulb.
Rear Licence Plate Light: 5W
1. Remove the holding clips using a flat-tip
Lining
screwdriver, then pull the lining back.
Clip

2. Remove the licence plate light assembly by

squeezing the tabs on both sides of the
socket.
Bulb
3. Remove the old bulb and insert a new bulb.

Socket

Maintenance
289
 uuReplacing Light BulbsuHigh-Mount Brake Light

High-Mount Brake Light

High-mount brake light is LED type. Have an authorised Honda dealer inspect and
replace the light assembly.
Maintenance

290
 uuReplacing Light BulbsuOther Light Bulbs

Other Light Bulbs

Models with sunroof
ԏ Ceiling Light Bulb * ԏ Ceiling Light Bulb *
When replacing, use the following bulb. When replacing, use the following bulb. ԏ Map Light Bulbs *
Ceiling Light: 8 W Ceiling Light: 8 W When replacing, use the following bulbs.
Map Light: 8 W

1. Pry on the edge of the cover using a flat- 1. Pry on the edge of the cover using a flat- 1. Push on the lens of the opposite side you
tip screwdriver to remove the cover. tip screwdriver to remove the cover. are replacing.
u Wrap the flat-tip screwdriver with a u Wrap the flat-tip screwdriver with a 2. Pry on the edge of the cover using a flat-
cloth to prevent scratches. cloth to prevent scratches. tip screwdriver to remove the cover.
u Wrap the flat-tip screwdriver with a

Maintenance
cloth to prevent scratches.

Bulb

Bulb

2. Remove the old bulb and insert a new 2. Remove the old bulb and insert a new
bulb. bulb.

* Not available on all models Continued 291

 uuReplacing Light BulbsuOther Light Bulbs

Models without sunroof Models with sunroof

Bulb
ԏ Map Light Bulbs * ԏ Rear Map Light Bulbs *
When replacing, use the following bulbs. When replacing, use the following bulbs.
Map Light: 8 W Rear Map Light: 8 W

3. Remove the old bulb and insert a new bulb.

1. Push on the lens of the opposite side you 1. Push on the lens of the opposite side you
are replacing. are replacing.
2. Pry on the edge between the lenses using 2. Pry on the edge between the lenses using
a flat-tip screwdriver to remove the cover. a flat-tip screwdriver to remove the cover.
u Wrap the flat-tip screwdriver with a u Wrap the flat-tip screwdriver with a
Maintenance

cloth to prevent scratches. cloth to prevent scratches.

Bulb

3. Remove the old bulb and insert a new

bulb.

292 * Not available on all models

 uuReplacing Light BulbsuOther Light Bulbs

Bulb
ԏ Boot Light Bulb
When replacing, use the following bulb.
Boot Light: 5 W

Bulb
3. Remove the old bulb and insert a new bulb.
2. Remove the old bulb and insert a new
bulb.

1. Pry on the edge of the cover using a flat-

tip screwdriver to remove the cover.
u Wrap the flat-tip screwdriver with a
cloth to prevent scratches.

Maintenance
293
 Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades
Checking Wiper Blades
If the wiper blade rubber has deteriorated, it will leave streaks and the hard surfaces
of the blade may scratch the window glass.

Changing the Wiper Blade Rubber

1. Lift the driver side wiper arm first, then the 1Changing the Wiper Blade Rubber
passenger side. NOTICE
Avoid dropping the wiper arm onto the windscreen,
it may damage the wiper arm and/or the windscreen.

Wiper Arms
2. Press up on and hold the tab, then slide the
holder off the wiper arm.
Maintenance

Tab

294
 uuChecking and Maintaining Wiper BladesuChanging the Wiper Blade Rubber

3. Slide the wiper blade out of the holder by

pulling the tabbed end out.

Blade

4. Remove the retainers from the wiper blade

that has been removed, and mount to a
new wiper blade.
u Correctly align the wiper blade
protrusion and the retainer grooves.
5. Slide the new wiper blade onto the holder
from the bottom end.
Retainer u The tab on the holder should fit in the
Blade
indent of the wiper blade.

Maintenance
6. Slide the holder onto the wiper arm
securely.
7. Lower the passenger side wiper arm first,
then the driver side.

295
 Checking and Maintaining Tyres
Checking Tyres
To safely operate your vehicle, your tyres must be of the proper type and size, in 1Checking Tyres
good condition with adequate tread, and properly inflated.
3 WARNING
ԏ Inflation guidelines Using tyres that are excessively worn or
Properly inflated tyres provide the best combination of handling, tread life, and improperly inflated can cause a crash in
comfort. Refer to the driver’s doorjamb label for the specified pressure. which you can be seriously hurt or killed.

Underinflated tyres wear unevenly, adversely affect handling and fuel economy, and Follow all instructions in this owner’s
are more likely to fail from overheating. manual regarding tyre inflation and
maintenance.
Overinflated tyres make your vehicle ride harshly, are more prone to road hazards,
and wear unevenly. Measure the air pressure when tyres are cold. This
means the vehicle has been parked for at least three
Every day before you drive, look at each of the tyres. If one looks lower than the hours, or driven less than 1.6 km. If necessary, add or
others, check the pressure with a tyre gauge. release air until the specified pressure is reached.

At least once a month or before long trips, use a gauge to measure the pressure in If checked when hot, tyre pressure can be as much as
all tyres, including the spare. Even tyres in good condition can lose 10-20 kPa (0.1- 30–40 kPa (0.3-0.4 bar, 4-6 psi) higher than if
checked when cold.
0.2 bar, 1-2 psi) per month.
Maintenance

Have a dealer check the tyres if you feel a consistent

vibration while driving. New tyres and any that have
been removed and reinstalled should be properly
balanced.

Models with deflation warning system

Whenever tyre pressure is adjusted, you must
calibrate the deflation warning system.
2 Deflation Warning System * P. 231

296 * Not available on all models

 uuChecking and Maintaining TyresuChecking Tyres

ԏ Inspection guidelines 1Checking Tyres

Every time you check inflation, also examine the tyres and valve stems. High speed driving
Look for: We recommend that you do not drive faster than the
• Bumps or bulges on the side or in the tread. Replace the tyre if you find any cuts, posted speed limits and conditions allow. If you drive
at sustained high speeds (over 160 km/h), adjust the
splits, or cracks in the side of the tyre. Replace it if you see fabric or cord. cold tyre pressures as shown below to avoid excessive
• Remove any foreign objects and inspect for air leaks. heat build up and sudden tyre failure.
• Uneven tread wear. Have a dealer check the wheel alignment. Models with 185/60R15 84H tyre
• Excessive tread wear. Tyre Size 185/60R15 84H
2 Wear Indicators P. 298 Pressure*1, *2 Front: 250 kPa (2.5 bar, 36 psi)
• Cracks or other damage around valve stem. Rear: 230 kPa (2.3 bar, 33 psi)
Pressure*3 Front: 240 kPa (2.4 bar, 35 psi)*4
250 kPa (2.5 bar, 36 psi)*5
Rear: 230 kPa (2.3 bar, 33 psi)*4
240 kPa (2.4 bar, 35 psi)*5
Pressure *6
Front: 250 kPa (2.5 bar, 36 psi)
Rear: 240 kPa (2.4 bar, 35 psi)
*1: Latin American models
*2: Malaysian, Bangladeshi, Brunei and Singaporean
models
*3: Indian, Bhutanese, Nepalese and Sri Lankan

Maintenance
models
*4: Petrol models
*5: Diesel models
*6: African models
Models with 185/55R16 83H tyre
Tyre Size 185/55R16 83H
Pressure Front: 250 kPa (2.5 bar, 36 psi)
Rear: 240 kPa (2.4 bar, 35 psi)
Models with 185/55R16 87H tyre
Tyre Size 185/55R16 87H
Pressure Front: 260 kPa (2.6 bar, 38 psi)
Rear: 240 kPa (2.4 bar, 35 psi)

297
 uuChecking and Maintaining TyresuWear Indicators

Wear Indicators
The groove where the wear indicator is
Example of a Wear located is about 1.6 mm shallower than
Indicator mark elsewhere on the tyre. If the tread has worn so
that the indicator is exposed, replace the tyre.
Worn out tyres have poor traction on wet
roads.

Tyre Service Life

The life of your tyres is dependent on many factors, including driving habits, road
conditions, vehicle loading, inflation pressure, maintenance history, speed, and
environmental conditions (even when the tyres are not in use).

In addition to regular inspections and inflation pressure maintenance, it is

recommended that you have annual inspections performed once the tyres reach five
years old. All tyres, including the spare, should be removed from service after 10
Maintenance

years from the date of manufacture, regardless of their condition or state of wear.

298
 uuChecking and Maintaining TyresuTyre and Wheel Replacement

Tyre and Wheel Replacement

Replace your tyres with radials of the same size, load range, speed rating, and 1Tyre and Wheel Replacement
maximum cold tyre pressure rating (as shown on the tyre's sidewall). Using tyres of
a different size or construction can cause certain vehicle systems such as the ABS 3 WARNING
and Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA) system to work incorrectly. Installing improper tyres on your vehicle
can affect handling and stability. This can
It is best to replace all four tyres at the same time. If that isn't possible, replace the cause a crash in which you can be seriously
front or rear tyres in pairs. hurt or killed.

Make sure that the wheel’s specifications match those of the original wheels. Always use the size and type of tyres
recommended in the tyre information label
on your vehicle.

Maintenance
299
 uuChecking and Maintaining TyresuTyre Rotation

Tyre Rotation
Rotating tyres according to the maintenance schedule helps to distribute wear more 1Tyre Rotation
evenly and increase tyre life. Tyres with directional tread patterns should only be
rotated front to back (not from one side to the other).
Directional tyres should be mounted with the
ԏ Your Vehicle’s Tyre Rotation Pattern rotation indication mark facing forward, as shown
Models with a compact/temporary spare tyre below.
Rotate the tyres as shown here.
Tyres without rotation mark Tyres with rotation mark
Front

Front Front Rotation Mark

Models with a full-size spare tyre

Rotate the tyres, including a spare, as shown here. When the tyres are rotated, make sure the air
Tyres without rotation mark Tyres with rotation mark pressures are checked.
Maintenance

Models with deflation warning system

Whenever tyres are rotated, you must calibrate the
Front Front deflation warning system.
2 Deflation Warning System * P. 231

300 * Not available on all models

 uuChecking and Maintaining TyresuSnow Traction Devices

Snow Traction Devices

If driving on snowy or frozen roads, mount winter tyres, or tyre chains; reduce 1Snow Traction Devices
speed; and maintain sufficient distance between vehicles when driving.
3 WARNING
Be particularly careful when operating the steering wheel or brakes to prevent Using the wrong chains, or not properly
skidding. installing chains, can damage the brake
lines and cause a crash in which you can be
Use tyre chains, winter tyres, or all season tyres when necessary or according to the seriously injured or killed.
law. Follow all instructions in this owner’s
manual regarding the selection and use of
When mounting, refer to the following points. tyre chains.

For winter tyres:

NOTICE
• Select the size and load ranges that are the same as the original tyres. Traction devices that are the wrong size or improperly
• Mount the tyres to all four wheels. installed can damage your vehicle's brake lines,
For tyre chains: suspension, body, and wheels. Stop driving if they are
• Consult a dealer before purchasing any type of chains for your vehicle. hitting any part of the vehicle.
• Install them on the front tyres only.
• Because your vehicle has limited tyre clearance, we strongly recommend using the When tyre chains are mounted, follow the chain
manufacturer's instructions regarding vehicle

Maintenance
chains listed below:
operational limits.
Bhutanese models
Use tyre chains only in an emergency or when they
Original Tyre Size*1 Chain Type are legally required for driving through a certain area.
185/60R15 84H RUD-matic classic 48478
185/55R16 83H Use greater caution when driving with tyre chains on
RUD-matic classic 48479 snow or ice. They may have less-predictable handling
185/55R16 87H
than good winter tyres without chains.
*1:Original tyre size is mentioned on the tyre information label on the driver’s
doorjamb.

Continued 301
 uuChecking and Maintaining TyresuSnow Traction Devices

• Follow the chain manufacturer's instruction when installing. Mount them as 1Snow Traction Devices
tightly as you can. If your vehicle is equipped with summer tyres, be
• Check that the chains do not touch the brake lines or suspension. aware that these tyres are not designed for winter
• Drive slowly. driving conditions. For more information, contact a
dealer.
Maintenance

302
 Battery
Checking the Battery
Models with test indicator window on the battery 1Battery
Test Indicator Window * Check the battery condition monthly. Look at
the test indicator window and check the 3 WARNING
terminals for corrosion. The battery gives off explosive hydrogen
The battery condition is monitored by the gas during normal operation.
sensor on the negative terminal. If there is a
problem with the sensor, the warning A spark or open flame can cause the
battery to explode with enough force to
message on information display */driver
Battery kill or seriously hurt you.
information interface * will let you know. Have
your vehicle checked by a dealer. Keep all sparks, open flames, and smoking
materials away from the battery.
Models without test indicator window on the
battery Wear protective clothing and a face shield,
or have a skilled technician do any battery
The condition of the battery is monitored by a
maintenance.
sensor located on the negative terminal of the
battery. If there is a problem with this sensor,
the information display */driver information 3 WARNING
interface * will display a warning message. If The battery contains sulfuric acid

Maintenance
this happens, have your vehicle inspected by a (electrolyte) which is highly corrosive and
dealer. poisonous.

Check the battery terminals for corrosion Getting electrolyte in your eyes or on your
monthly. skin can cause serious burns. Wear
protective clothing and eye protection
when working on or near the battery.
If your vehicle's battery is disconnected or goes dead:
• The clock resets. Swallowing electrolyte can cause fatal
2 Clock P. 124 poisoning if immediate action is not taken.

KEEP OUT OF THE REACH OF CHILDREN

* Not available on all models 303

 uuBatteryuCharging the Battery

Charging the Battery

Disconnect both battery cables to prevent damaging your vehicle's electrical system. 1Battery
Always disconnect the negative (-) cable first, and reconnect it last. Emergency Procedures
Eyes: Flush with water from a cup or other container
for at least 15 minutes. (Water under pressure can
damage the eye.) Call a physician immediately.
Skin: Remove contaminated clothing. Flush the skin
with large quantities of water. Call a physician
immediately.
Swallowing: Drink water or milk. Call a physician
immediately.

When you find corrosion, clean the battery terminals

by applying a baking powder and water solution.
Clean the terminals with a damp towel. Cloth/towel
dry the battery. Coat the terminals with grease to
help prevent future corrosion.

When replacing the battery, the replacement must be

of the same specifications.
Consult a dealer for more information.
Maintenance

Models with test indicator window on the battery

The test indicator’s colour information is on the
battery.

The location of the test indicator window may vary

depending on the model.

304
 uuBatteryuCharging the Battery

1Battery
The indicators for the Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA)
system, Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA) OFF, and low
tyre pressure/deflation warning system indicator *
may come on along with a message in the driver
information interface * when you set the power mode
to ON after re-connecting a battery.
Drive a short distance at more than 20 km/h. Each
indicator should go off. If it does not, have your
vehicle checked by a dealer.

Maintenance
* Not available on all models 305
 Remote Transmitter Care
Replacing the Button Battery
If the indicator does not come on when the button is pressed, replace the battery. 1Replacing the Button Battery

Battery type: CR2032

3 WARNING
CHEMICAL BURN HAZARD
1. Remove the built-in key. The battery that powers the remote
transmitter can cause severe internal burns
and can even lead to death if swallowed.
Keep new and used batteries away from
children.
If you suspect that a child has swallowed
the battery, seek medical attention
2. Remove the upper half of the cover by immediately.
carefully prying on the edge with a coin.
Battery u Wrap a coin with a cloth to prevent
NOTICE
scratching the keyless remote.
An improperly disposed of battery can damage the
u Remove carefully to avoid losing the environment. Always confirm local regulations for
buttons. battery disposal.
3. Make sure to replace the battery with the
Maintenance

correct polarity. Replacement batteries are commercially available or

at a dealer.

306
 Cooling System */Climate Control System * Maintenance
Dust and Pollen Filter
1Dust and Pollen Filter
ԏ When to Replace the Dust and Pollen Filter
If the airflow from the cooling system */climate
Replace the dust and pollen filter according to your vehicle’s recommended control system * deteriorates noticeably, and the
maintenance schedule. It is recommended to replace the filter even sooner if the windows fog up easily, the filter may need to be
vehicle has been driven in a dusty environment. replaced.
2 Maintenance Schedule P. 255
The dust and pollen filter collects pollen, dust, and
other debris in the air.
ԏ How to Replace the Dust and Pollen Filter
1. Open the glove box.

2. Disengage the two tabs by pushing on each

Tabs

Maintenance
side panel.
3. Pivot the glove box out of the way.

* Not available on all models Continued 307

 uuCooling System */Climate Control System * MaintenanceuDust and Pollen Filter

4. Push in the tabs on the corners of the filter 1Dust and Pollen Filter
case cover, and remove it. If you are not sure how to replace the dust and pollen
filter, have it replaced by a dealer.

Tabs

Dust and Pollen Filter 5. Remove the filter from the case.
6. Install a new filter in the case.
u Put the AIR FLOW arrow directed side
down.
Maintenance

308
 Cleaning
Interior Care
Use a vacuum cleaner to remove dust before using a cloth. 1Interior Care
Use a damp cloth with a mixture of mild detergent and warm water to remove dirt. Do not spill liquids inside the vehicle.
Use a clean cloth to remove detergent residue. Electrical devices and systems may malfunction if
liquids are splashed on them.

ԏ Cleaning Seat Belts Do not use silicone based sprays on electrical devices
Use a soft brush with a mixture of mild soap and warm water to clean the seat belts. such as audio devices and switches.
Let the belts air dry. Wipe the openings of the seat belt anchors using a clean cloth. Doing so may cause the items to malfunction or
cause a fire inside the vehicle.
If a silicone based spray is inadvertently used on
electrical devices, consult a dealer.

Depending on their composition, chemicals and

Opening liquid aromatics may cause discolouration, wrinkles,
and cracking to resin-based parts and textiles.
Do not use alkali solvents or organic solvents such as
benzene or petrol.

After using chemicals, make sure to gently wipe them

away using a dry cloth.
Do not place used cloths on top of resin based parts

Maintenance
or textiles for long periods of time without washing.

Be careful not to spill a liquid type air freshener.

Continued 309
 uuCleaninguInterior Care

1Cleaning the Window

ԏ Cleaning the Window
Wires are mounted to the inside of the rear window.
Wipe using a glass cleaner. Wipe along the same direction as the wires with a
soft cloth so as not to damage them.

1Floor Mats *
ԏ Floor Mats *
If you use any floor mats that were not originally
The driver’s floor mat hooks over the floor provided with your vehicle, make sure they are
Unlock
anchors, which keep the mat from sliding designed for your specific vehicle, fit correctly, and
forward. To remove a mat for cleaning, turn are securely anchored by the floor anchors.
the anchor knobs to the unlock position. Position the rear seat floor mats properly. If they are
Lock not properly positioned, the floor mats can interfere
When reinstalling the mat after cleaning, turn
with the front seat functions.
the knobs to the lock position.

Do not put additional floor mats on top of

the anchored mat.

1Maintaining Genuine Leather *

ԏ Maintaining Genuine Leather *
It is important to clean or wipe away dirt or dust as
Maintenance

To properly clean leather: soon as possible. Spills can soak into leather resulting
1. Use a vacuum or soft dry cloth first to remove any dirt or dust. in stains. Dirt or dust can cause abrasions in the
2. Clean the leather with a soft cloth dampened with a solution comprised of 90% leather. In addition, please note that some dark
water and 10% neutral soap. coloured clothing can rub onto the leather seats
3. Wipe away any soap residue with a clean damp cloth. resulting in discolouration or stains.
4. Wipe away residual water and allow leather to air dry in the shade.

310 * Not available on all models

 uuCleaninguExterior Care

Exterior Care
Dust off the vehicle body after you drive. Regularly inspect your vehicle for scratches
on painted surfaces. A scratch on a painted surface can result in body rust. If you
find a scratch, promptly repair it.

1Washing the Vehicle

ԏ Washing the Vehicle
Do not spray water into the air intake vents. It can
Wash the vehicle regularly. Wash more frequently when driving in the following cause a malfunction.
conditions:
• If driving on roads with road salt. Air Intake Vents
• If driving in coastal areas.
• If tar, soot, bird droppings, insects, or tree sap are stuck to painted surfaces.

ԏ Using an Automated Car Wash

• Make sure to follow the instructions indicated on the automated car wash.
• Fold in the door mirrors.

ԏ Using High Pressure Cleaners

• Keep sufficient distance between the cleaning nozzle and the vehicle body.

Maintenance
• Take particular care around the windows. Standing too close may cause water to
enter the vehicle interior.
• Do not spray high pressure water directly into the engine compartment. Instead,
use low pressure water and a mild detergent.

Continued 311
 uuCleaninguExterior Care

1Applying Wax
ԏ Applying Wax
NOTICE
A good coat of automotive body wax helps to protect your vehicle’s paint from the
Chemical solvents and strong cleaners can damage
elements. Wax will wear off over time and expose your vehicle’s paint to the the paint, metal, and plastic on your vehicle. Wipe
elements, so reapply as necessary. away spills immediately.

ԏ Maintaining the Bumpers and Other Resin Coated Parts 1Maintaining the Bumpers and Other Resin Coated Parts
Ask a dealer about the correct coating material when
If you get petrol, oil, engine coolant, or battery fluid on resin coated parts, they may you want to repair the painted surface of the parts
be stained or the coating may peel. Promptly wipe it away using a soft cloth and made of resin.
clean water.

ԏ Cleaning the Window

Wipe using a glass cleaner.

ԏ Maintaining Aluminium Wheels

Aluminium is susceptible to deterioration caused by salt and other road
contaminants. When necessary, as early as possible use a sponge and mild detergent
Maintenance

to wipe away these contaminants. Do not use a stiff brush or harsh chemicals
(including some commercial wheel cleaners). These can damage the protective finish
on aluminium alloy wheels, resulting in corrosion. Depending on the type of finish,
the wheels also may lose their lustre or appear burnished. To avoid water stains,
wipe the wheels dry with a cloth while they are still wet.

312
 uuCleaninguExterior Care

ԏ Fogged Exterior Light Lenses

The inside lenses of exterior lights (headlights, brake lights, etc.) may fog temporarily
if you have driven in the rain, or after the vehicle has been run through a car wash.
Dew condensation also may build up inside the lenses when there is a significant
enough difference between the ambient and inside lens temperatures (similar to
vehicle windows fogging up in rainy conditions). These conditions are natural
processes, not structural design problems in the exterior lights.
Lens design characteristics may result in moisture developing on the light lens frame
surfaces. This also is not a malfunction.
However, if you see large amounts of water accumulation, or large water drops
building up inside the lenses, have your vehicle inspected by a dealer.

Maintenance
313
 Accessories and Modifications
Accessories
When installing accessories, check the following: 1Accessories and Modifications
• Do not install accessories on the windscreen. They can obstruct your view and
delay your reaction to driving conditions. 3 WARNING
• Do not install any accessories over areas marked SRS Airbag, on the sides or backs Improper accessories or modifications can
of the front seats, on front or side pillars, or near the side windows. affect your vehicle's handling, stability, and
Accessories installed in these areas may interfere with proper operation of the performance, and cause a crash in which
vehicle’s airbags or may be propelled into you or another occupant if the airbags you can be seriously hurt or killed.
deploy.
• Be sure electronic accessories do not overload electrical circuits or interfere with Follow all instructions in this owner's
proper operation of your vehicle. manual regarding accessories and
2 Fuses P. 348 modifications.
• Before installing any electronic accessory, have the installer contact a dealer for
assistance. If possible, have a dealer inspect the final installation. When properly installed, mobile phones, alarms, two-
way radios, radio antennas, and low-powered audio
systems should not interfere with your vehicle’s
computer controlled systems, such as your airbags
and anti-lock brakes.

Honda Genuine accessories are recommended to

Maintenance

ensure proper operation on your vehicle.

314
 uuAccessories and ModificationsuModifications

Modifications
Do not modify your vehicle in a manner that may affect its handling, stability, or
reliability, or install non-genuine Honda parts or accessories that may have a similar
effect.

Even minor modifications to vehicle systems can affect overall vehicle performance.
Always make sure all equipment is properly installed and maintained, and do not
make any modification to your vehicle or its systems that might cause your vehicle
to no longer meet your country’s and local regulations.

The on-board diagnostic port (OBD-II/SAE J1962 connector) installed on this vehicle
is intended to be used with automobile system diagnostic devices or with other
devices that Honda has approved. Use of any other type of device may adversely
affect the vehicle's electronic systems or allow them to be compromised, possibly
resulting in a system malfunction, drained battery, or other unexpected problems.

Do not modify or attempt to repair any of the electrical components.

Maintenance
315
316
 Handling the Unexpected
This chapter explains how to handle unexpected troubles.

Tools Indicator, Coming On/Blinking Indian, Bhutanese, Nepalese and

Types of Tools .................................. 318 Models with information display Sri Lankan models
If a Tyre Goes Flat If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes If the Low Tyre Pressure/Deflation Warning
Changing a Flat Tyre ........................ 319 On................................................ 340 System Indicator Comes On or Blinks ..345
Engine Does Not Start Models with driver information interface Diesel models with information display
Checking the Engine ........................ 329 If the Low Oil Pressure Warning Appears...341 If the PGM-FI Indicator Comes On.... 346
Models with information display If the Charging System Indicator Comes On.. 342 Diesel models with driver information
If the Keyless Remote Battery is Weak .. 331 If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes interface
Emergency Engine Stop ................... 332 On or Blinks ................................... 343 If the PGM-FI Symbol Appears ......... 347
Jump Starting.................................... 333 If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes Fuses
Shift Lever Does Not Move .............. 337 On ................................................... 343 Fuse Locations ................................. 348
Overheating If the Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Inspecting and Changing Fuses........ 361
How to Handle Overheating............. 338 Indicator Comes On......................... 344 Emergency Towing........................... 362

317
 Tools
Types of Tools
1Types of Tools
The tools are stored in the boot.

Wheel Nut Wrench/

Jack Handle

Jack Handle Bar Detachable Towing Hook

Handling the Unexpected

Jack

Tool Kit

Jack

318
 If a Tyre Goes Flat
Changing a Flat Tyre
If a tyre goes flat while driving, grasp the steering wheel firmly, and brake gradually 1Changing a Flat Tyre
to reduce speed. Then, stop in a safe place. Replace the flat tyre with a compact Follow compact/temporary spare * precautions:
spare tyre */temporary spare tyre */full-size spare tyre *. Go to a dealer as soon as Compact spare tyre
possible to have the full-size tyre repaired or replaced. Periodically check the tyre pressure of the compact
spare. It should be set to the specified pressure.
Specified Pressure: 420 kPa (4.2 bar, 60 psi)
1. Park the vehicle on a firm, level, non-slippery surface and apply the parking brake.
Temporary spare tyre
Check the air pressure of the 175/65R15 size
Continuously variable transmission models temporary spare tyre every time you check the other
2. Put the transmission into (P . full-size tyres. It should be inflated to the
Manual transmission models recommended air pressure on the label attached to
the driver’s doorjamb.
2. Put the transmission into (R .

Handling the Unexpected

Compact spare tyre
All models When driving with the compact spare tyre, keep the
3. Turn on the hazard warning lights and set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF vehicle speed under 80 km/h. Replace with a full-size
(LOCK). tyre as soon as possible.
Temporary spare tyre
When driving with the temporary spare tyre, keep the
vehicle speed under 120 km/h. Replace with a full-
size tyre as soon as possible.

The compact/temporary spare tyre and wheel in your

vehicle are specifically for this model. Do not use
them with another vehicle. Do not use another type
of compact/temporary spare tyre or wheel with your
vehicle.

* Not available on all models Continued 319

 uuIf a Tyre Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tyre

1Changing a Flat Tyre

Do not mount tyre chains on a compact/temporary
spare tyre.
If a chain-mounted front tyre goes flat, remove one
of the full-size rear tyres and replace it with the
compact/temporary spare tyre. Remove the flat front
tyre and replace it with the full-size tyre that was
removed from the rear. Mount the tyre chains on the
front tyre.

A compact spare tyre gives a harsher ride and less

traction on some road surfaces. Use greater caution
Handling the Unexpected

while driving.

320
 uuIf a Tyre Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tyre

1Changing a Flat Tyre

ԏ Getting Ready to Replace the Flat Tyre
The compact/temporary spare tyre is smaller than the
Boot Floor Lid
1. Open the boot floor lid. regular tyre. Your vehicle’s ground clearance reduces
when the compact/temporary spare tyre is installed.
Driving over road debris or bumps could possibly
damage the underside of your vehicle.
Tool Kit
WARNING: The jack can only be used for helping an
emergency vehicle breakdown, not for changing the
regular seasonal tyre or any other normal
Spare Tyre Jack maintenance or repair operation.

Handling the Unexpected

2. Take the tool kit and jack out of the boot. NOTICE
u Remove the jack by turning the jack’s Do not use the jack if it doesn’t work properly. Call
Jack end bracket to the left to loosen it. your dealer or a professional towing service.
3. Unscrew the wing bolt, and remove the
spacer cone. Then, remove the spare tyre. Do not use more than one compact/temporary spare
tyre at the same time.

4. Place a wheel block or rock in front and rear

of the wheel diagonal to the flat tyre.

Wheel
Blocks
The tyre to be replaced.

Continued 321
 uuIf a Tyre Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tyre

5. Place the spare tyre (wheel side up) under

the vehicle body, near the tyre that needs to
be replaced.

6. Loosen each wheel nut about one turn

using the wheel nut wrench.
Handling the Unexpected

322
 uuIf a Tyre Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tyre

1How to Set Up the Jack

ԏ How to Set Up the Jack
1. Place the jack under the jacking point 3 WARNING
closest to the tyre to be changed.
The vehicle can easily roll off the jack,
seriously injuring anyone underneath.

Follow the directions for changing a tyre

exactly, and no person should place any
portion of their body under a vehicle that is
supported by a jack.

Jacking Points

Handling the Unexpected

WARNING: The jack shall be placed on a flat and
2. Turn the end bracket clockwise as shown in stable surface on the same level as the vehicle is
Jacking Point
the image until the top of the jack contacts parked.
the jacking point.
u Make sure that the jacking point tab is
resting in the jack notch.

Continued 323
 uuIf a Tyre Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tyre

3. Raise the vehicle, using the jack handle bar 1How to Set Up the Jack
Jack Handle
Bar and the jack handle, until the tyre is off the Do not use the jack with people or luggage in the
ground. vehicle.

Use the jack provided in your vehicle.

Other jacks may not support the weight (“load”) or
may not fit the jacking point.
Wheel Nut
Wrench as The following instructions must be followed to use
Jack Handle
the jack safely:
• Do not use while the engine is running.
• Use only where the ground is firm and level.
Handling the Unexpected

• Use only at the jacking points.

• Do not get in the vehicle while using the jack.
• Do not put anything on top of or underneath the
jack.

324
 uuIf a Tyre Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tyre

1Replacing the Flat Tyre

ԏ Replacing the Flat Tyre
Do not over tighten the wheel nuts by applying extra
1. Remove the wheel nuts and flat tyre. torque using your foot or a pipe.

Handling the Unexpected

2. Wipe the mounting surfaces of the wheel
Brake Hub
with a clean cloth.
3. Mount the spare tyre.
4. Screw the wheel nuts until they touch the
lips around the mounting holes, then stop
rotating.

Continued 325
 uuIf a Tyre Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tyre

5. Lower the vehicle and remove the jack.

Tighten the wheel nuts in the order
indicated in the image. Go around,
tightening the nuts, two to three times in
this order.
Wheel nut torque:
108 N∙m (11 kgf∙m, 80 lbf∙ft)
Handling the Unexpected

326
 uuIf a Tyre Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tyre

1Storing the Flat Tyre

ԏ Storing the Flat Tyre
1. Remove the centre cap. 3 WARNING
Centre Cap
Loose items can fly around the interior in a
crash and can seriously injure the
occupants.
Store the wheel, jack, and tools securely
before driving.

Handling the Unexpected

For full-size
2. Place the flat tyre face down in the spare
tyre tyre well.
Wing 3. Remove the spacer cone from the wing
Bolt
bolt, flip it over, and insert it back on the
bolt. Secure the flat tyre with the wing bolt.
4. Securely store the wheel nut wrench and
jack handle bar back in the tool bag. Store
the tool bag and jack in the boot.
For compact/
Spacer Cone temporary
spare tyre

Continued 327
 uuIf a Tyre Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tyre

Indian, Bhutanese, Nepalese and Sri Lankan models

ԏ Deflation Warning System and the Spare Tyre

If you replace a flat tyre with the spare tyre, the low tyre pressure/deflation warning
system indicator comes on while you are driving. After driving for a few kilometres,
Tyre Pressure Monitor System Problem will appear on the driver information
interface * and the indicator will start blinking for a short time and then stay on;
however, this is normal and is no cause for concern.

Calibrate the deflation warning system when you replace the tyre with a specified
regular tyre.
Handling the Unexpected

2 Deflation Warning System Initialisation P. 232

328 * Not available on all models

 Engine Does Not Start
Checking the Engine
If the engine does not start, check the starter. 1Checking the Engine
If you must start the vehicle immediately, use an
assisting vehicle or booster battery to jump start it.
2 Jump Starting P. 333

Do not hold the ENGINE START/STOP button for

more than 15 seconds.

Starter condition Checklist

Starter doesn’t turn or turns Check for a message on the information display * or driver information interface *.
over slowly. Models with information display
The battery may be dead. Check Ծ If the KEY BATT message appears

Handling the Unexpected

each of the items on the right and
Models with driver information interface
respond accordingly.
Ծ If the To Start, Hold Remote Near Start Button message appears
2 If the Keyless Remote Battery is Weak P. 331
uMake sure the keyless remote is in its operating range
2 ENGINE START/STOP Button Operating Range P. 157
Check the brightness of the interior lights.
Turn on the interior lights and check the brightness.
Ծ If the interior lights are dim or do not come on at all 2 Battery P. 303

Ծ If the interior lights come on normally 2 Fuses P. 348

* Not available on all models Continued 329

 uuEngine Does Not StartuChecking the Engine

Starter condition Checklist

The starter turns over normally Review the engine start procedure.
but the engine doesn’t start. Follow its instructions, and try to start the engine again.
There may be a problem with the 2 Starting the Engine P. 206
fuse. Check each of the items on Check the immobilizer system indicator.
the right and respond accordingly. When the immobilizer system indicator is blinking, the engine cannot be started.
2 Immobilizer System P. 149
Check the fuel level.
There should be enough fuel in the tank. 2 Fuel Gauge P. 104
Check the fuse.
Check all fuses, or have the vehicle checked by a dealer.
Handling the Unexpected

2 Inspecting and Changing Fuses P. 361

If the problem continues:
2 Emergency Towing P. 362
The starter turns over normally Diesel models
but the engine doesn’t start. Check the malfunction indicator lamp comes on, or the PGM-FI indicator comes on * or the
There may be a problem with the PGM-FI Engine Control System Problem. Power May Be Reduced. message appears * in the
fuses. Check each of the items on instrument panel under the following circumstances:
the right and respond accordingly. Ծ The fuel tank has been run dry.

2 Malfunction Indicator Lamp P. 91

2 PGM-FI Indicator * P. 102
Diesel models
Have the fuel filter checked to drain off water.
The water in fuel indicator comes on in the instrument panel.
2 Water in Fuel Indicator * P. 102

330 * Not available on all models

 uuEngine Does Not StartuIf the Keyless Remote Battery is Weak

If the Keyless Remote Battery is Weak

Models with information display
If the beeper sounds, the KEY BATT message appears on the information display,
and the ENGINE START/STOP button flashes, and the engine won't start, start the
engine as follows:
Models with driver information interface
If the beeper sounds, the To Start, Hold Remote Near Start Button message
appears on the driver information interface, and the ENGINE START/STOP button
flashes, and the engine won’t start, start the engine as follows.
1. Touch the centre of the ENGINE START/
STOP button with the H logo on the keyless
remote while the ENGINE START/STOP

Handling the Unexpected

button is flashing. The buttons on the
keyless remote should be facing you.
u The ENGINE START/STOP button
flashes for about 30 seconds.

2. Depress the brake pedal (continuously

variable transmission) or clutch pedal
(manual transmission) and press the
ENGINE START/STOP button within 10
seconds after the beeper sounds and the
ENGINE START/STOP button changes
from flashing to on.
u If you don’t depress the pedal, the mode
will change to ACCESSORY.

331
 uuEngine Does Not StartuEmergency Engine Stop

Emergency Engine Stop

The ENGINE START/STOP button may be used to stop the engine due to an 1Emergency Engine Stop
emergency situation even while driving. If you must stop the engine, do either of the Do not press the ENGINE START/STOP button while
following operations: driving unless it is absolutely necessary for the engine
• Press and hold the ENGINE START/STOP button for about two seconds. to be turned off.
• Firmly press the ENGINE START/STOP button three times. If you press the ENGINE START/STOP button while
driving, the beeper sounds.

The steering wheel will not lock.

Continuously variable transmission models
The power mode is in ACCESSORY when the engine is stopped.
To change the mode to VEHICLE OFF, put the transmission into (P after the vehicle
comes to a complete stop.
Handling the Unexpected

Then press the ENGINE START/STOP button twice without depressing the brake
pedal.
Manual transmission models
The power mode changes to VEHICLE OFF.

332
 Jump Starting

1Jump Starting
ԏ Jump Starting Procedure
Turn off the power to electric devices, such as audio and lights. Turn off the engine, 3 WARNING
then open the bonnet.
A battery can explode if you do not follow
Petrol models 1. Open the terminal cover on your vehicle’s
the correct procedure, seriously injuring
battery positive + terminal.
anyone nearby.

Cover Keep all sparks, open flames, and smoking

materials away from the battery.

NOTICE

Handling the Unexpected

If a battery sits in extreme cold, the electrolyte inside
can freeze. Attempting to jump start with a frozen
Diesel models
battery can cause it to rupture.

Securely attach the jumper cables clips so that they

Cover do not come off when the engine vibrates. Also be
careful not to tangle the jumper cables or allow the
cable ends to touch each other while attaching or
detaching the jumper cables.

Battery performance degrades in cold conditions and

may prevent the engine from starting.

Continued 333
 uuJump Startingu

Petrol models 2. Connect the first jumper cable to your

vehicle's + terminal.
3. Connect the other end of the first jumper
cable to the booster battery + terminal.
u Use a 12-volt booster battery only.
u When using an automotive battery
charger to boost your 12-volt battery,
select a lower charging voltage than
Booster Battery
15-volt. Check the charger manual for
Diesel models the proper setting.
4. Connect the second jumper cable to the
Handling the Unexpected

booster battery - terminal.

Booster Battery

334
 uuJump Startingu

Petrol models 5. Connect the other end of the second

jumper cable to the engine mounting bolt
as shown. Do not connect this jumper cable
to any other part.
6. If your vehicle is connected to another
vehicle, start the assisting vehicle's engine
and increase its rpm slightly.
7. Attempt to start your vehicle's engine. If it
turns over slowly, check that the jumper
cables have good metal-to-metal contact.
Diesel models

Handling the Unexpected

Continued 335
 uuJump Startingu

ԏ What to Do After the Engine Starts 1Jump Starting

The indicators for the Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA)
Once your vehicle's engine has started, remove the jumper cables in the following System, Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA) OFF may come
order. on when you set the power mode to ON after
reconnecting a battery.
1. Disconnect the jumper cable from your vehicle's ground. Drive a short distance at more than 20 km/h. Each
2. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the booster battery - indicator should go off. If it does not, have your
terminal. vehicle checked by a dealer.
3. Disconnect the jumper cable from your vehicle's battery + terminal.
4. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the booster battery +
terminal.
Handling the Unexpected

Have your vehicle inspected by a nearby service station or a dealer.

336
 Shift Lever Does Not Move

Continuously variable transmission models

Follow the procedure below if you cannot move the shift lever out of the (P
position.

ԏ Releasing the Lock

1. Set the parking brake.
2. Remove the built-in key from the keyless
remote.
3. Insert the key into the shift lock release slot.
4. While pushing the key down, press the shift

Handling the Unexpected

lever release button, and place the shift
lever into (N .
u The lock is now released. Have the shift
Release
lever checked by a dealer as soon as
Button possible.

Shift Lock Release Slot

337
 Overheating
How to Handle Overheating
Overheating symptoms are as follows: 1How to Handle Overheating
• The high temperature indicator comes on or the engine suddenly loses power.
Models with driver information interface
3 WARNING
• Engine Temperature Too Hot. Allow Engine To Cool. message appears on Steam and spray from an overheated
the driver information interface. engine can seriously scald you.
All models
Do not open the bonnet if steam is coming
• Steam or spray comes out of the engine compartment. out.

ԏ First thing to do
NOTICE
1. Immediately park the vehicle in a safe place.
Continuing to drive with the high temperature
2. Turn off all accessories and turn on the hazard warning lights.
Handling the Unexpected

indicator on may damage the engine.

u No steam or spray present:
Keep the engine running and open the bonnet. Models with driver information interface
u Steam or spray is present: Continuing to drive with the Engine Temperature
Turn off the engine and wait until it subsides. Then, open the bonnet. Too Hot. Allow Engine To Cool. message on the
driver information interface may damage the engine.

338
 uuOverheatinguHow to Handle Overheating

ԏ Next thing to do 1How to Handle Overheating

Petrol models 1. Check that the cooling fan is operating and
Reserve Tank stop the engine once the high temperature 3 WARNING
indicator goes off. Removing the radiator cap while the
u If the cooling fan is not operating, engine is hot can cause the coolant to spray
immediately stop the engine. out, seriously scalding you.
2. Once the engine has cooled down, inspect
the coolant level and check the cooling Always let the engine and radiator cool
system components for leaks. down before removing the radiator cap.
MIN MAX u If the coolant level in the reserve tank is
Diesel models low, add coolant until it reaches the If the coolant is leaking, contact a dealer for repairs.

Handling the Unexpected

Reserve Tank MAX mark.
u If there is no coolant in the reserve tank, Use water as an emergency/temporary measure only.
check that the radiator is cool. Cover the Have a dealer flush the system with proper antifreeze
as soon as possible.
radiator cap with a heavy cloth and open
the cap. If necessary, add coolant up to
the base of the filler neck, and put the
MIN MAX cap back on.

ԏ Last thing to do
Once the engine has cooled sufficiently, restart it and check the high temperature
indicator.
If the high temperature indicator is off, resume driving. If it stays on, contact a dealer
for repairs.

339
 Indicator, Coming On/Blinking
Models with information display
If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes On 1If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes On
ԏ Reasons for the indicator to come on NOTICE
Comes on when the engine oil pressure is low. Running the engine with low oil pressure can cause
ԏ What to do as soon as the indicator comes on serious mechanical damage almost immediately.
1. Immediately park the vehicle on level ground in a safe place.
2. If necessary, turn the hazard warning lights on.
ԏ What to do after parking the vehicle
1. Stop the engine and let it sit for approximately three minutes.
2. Open the bonnet and check the oil level.
2 Oil Check P. 268
3. Start the engine and check the low oil pressure indicator.
Handling the Unexpected

u The indicator goes off: Start driving again.

u The indicator does not go off within 10 seconds: Immediately stop
the engine and contact a dealer for repairs.

340
 uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Low Oil Pressure Warning Appears

Models with driver information interface

If the Low Oil Pressure Warning Appears 1If the Low Oil Pressure Warning Appears
ԏ Reasons for the warning to appear NOTICE
Appears when the engine oil pressure is low. Running the engine with low oil pressure can cause
ԏ What to do as soon as the warning serious mechanical damage almost immediately.
appears
1. Immediately park the vehicle on level
ground in a safe place.
2. If necessary, turn the hazard warning lights
on.
ԏ What to do after parking the vehicle
1. Stop the engine and let it sit for

Handling the Unexpected

approximately three minutes.
2. Open the bonnet and check the oil level.
2 Oil Check P. 268
3. Start the engine and check the low oil
pressure warning.
u The warning disappears: Start driving
again.
u The warning does not disappear:
Immediately stop the engine and contact
a dealer for repairs.

341
 uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Charging System Indicator Comes On

If the Charging System Indicator Comes On

ԏ Reasons for the indicator to come on 1If the Charging System Indicator Comes On
Comes on when the battery is not being charged. If you need to stop temporarily, do not turn off the
ԏ What to do when the indicator comes on engine. Restarting the engine may rapidly discharge
Turn off the cooling system */climate control system *, rear demister, and the battery.
other electrical systems, and immediately contact a dealer for repairs.
Handling the Unexpected

342 * Not available on all models

 uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks

If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks

ԏ Reasons for the indicator lamp to come on or blink 1If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks
• Comes on when there is a problem with the engine emissions control NOTICE
system. If you drive with the malfunction indicator lamp on,
Petrol models the emissions control system and the engine could be
• Blinks when engine misfiring is detected. damaged.

Diesel models Petrol models

• Comes on when air may have entered the fuel system. If the malfunction indicator lamp blinks again when
ԏ What to do when the indicator lamp comes on restarting the engine, drive to the nearest dealer at
Avoid high speeds and immediately get your vehicle inspected at a 50 km/h or less. Have your vehicle inspected.
dealer.
Petrol models

Handling the Unexpected

ԏ What to do when the indicator lamp blinks
Park the vehicle in a safe place with no flammable items and wait at least
10 minutes or more with the engine stopped until it cools.

If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On 1If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On
ԏ Reasons for the indicator to come on Have your vehicle repaired immediately.
• The brake fluid is low. It is dangerous to drive with low brake fluid. If there
is no resistance from the brake pedal, stop
• There is a malfunction in the brake system.
immediately in a safe place. If necessary downshift
ԏ What to do when the indicator comes on while driving the gears.
Depress the brake pedal lightly to check pedal pressure.
• If normal, check the brake fluid level the next time you stop. If the brake system indicator (red) and ABS indicator
• If abnormal, take immediate action. If necessary, downshift the come on simultaneously, the electronic brake
transmission to slow the vehicle using engine braking. distribution system is not working. This can result in
vehicle instability under sudden braking.
Have your vehicle inspected by a dealer immediately.

343
 uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator Comes On

If the Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator

Comes On
ԏ Reasons for the indicator to come on
• Comes on when there is a problem with the EPS system.
• If you depress the accelerator pedal repeatedly to increase the engine
speed while the engine is idling, the indicator comes on, and
sometimes the steering wheel becomes harder to operate.
ԏ What to do when the indicator comes on
Stop the vehicle in a safe place and restart the engine.
If the indicator comes on and stays on, immediately have your vehicle
inspected by a dealer.
Handling the Unexpected

344
 uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Low Tyre Pressure/Deflation Warning System Indicator Comes On or Blinks

Indian, Bhutanese, Nepalese and Sri Lankan models

If the Low Tyre Pressure/Deflation Warning System 1If the Low Tyre Pressure/Deflation Warning System Indicator
Indicator Comes On or Blinks Comes On or Blinks
ԏ Reasons for the indicator to come on or blink NOTICE
A tyre pressure is significantly low, or the deflation warning system has Driving on an extremely underinflated tyre can cause
not been calibrated. If there is a problem with the deflation warning it to overheat. An overheated tyre can fail. Always
system, the indicator blinks for about one minute, and then stays on. inflate your tyres to the prescribed level.
If the compact spare tyre * is installed, the indicator will either come on
or it will first blink for about one minute, then stay on.
ԏ What to do when the indicator comes on
Drive carefully and avoid abrupt cornering and hard braking.
Stop your vehicle in a safe place. Check the tyre pressure and adjust the

Handling the Unexpected

pressure to the specified level. The specified tyre pressure is on a label on
the driver side doorjamb.
u Calibrate the deflation warning system after the tyre pressure is
adjusted.
2 Deflation Warning System Initialisation P. 232
If the compact spare tyre * causes the indicator to come on, change the
tyre to a full-size tyre. The indicator goes off after calibrating the
deflation warning system.
ԏ What to do when the indicator blinks, then remains on
Have the tyre inspected by a dealer as soon as possible. If the compact
spare tyre * causes the indicator first blink, and then stays on, change the
tyre to a full-size tyre.
The indicator goes off after calibrating the deflation warning system.

* Not available on all models 345

 uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the PGM-FI Indicator Comes On

Diesel models with information display

If the PGM-FI Indicator Comes On 1If the PGM-FI Indicator Comes On
ԏ Reasons for the indicator to come on while the engine is NOTICE
running Continuously driving with this indicator on can
There is a problem with the engine control system. damage the emissions controls and engine. Those
ԏ What to do when the indicator to come on for the first time repairs may not be covered by your vehicle’s
1. Stop in a safe place. warranties.
2. Stop the engine for about 30 seconds, and restart the engine.
3. Repeat step 2 for at least three times.
ԏ What to do when the indicator comes on repeatedly
Avoid full-throttle acceleration and high speed driving. Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer.
Handling the Unexpected

346
 uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the PGM-FI Symbol Appears

If the PGM-FI Symbol Appears

Diesel models with driver information interface 1If the PGM-FI Symbol Appears
ԏ Reasons for the symbol to appear while NOTICE
the engine is running Continuously driving with this symbol on can damage
There is a problem with the engine control the emissions controls and engine. Those repairs may
system. not be covered by your vehicle’s warranties.
ԏ What to do when the symbol appears
for the first time
1. Stop in a safe place.
2. Stop the engine for about 30 seconds, and
restart the engine.
3. Repeat step 2 for at least three times.

Handling the Unexpected

ԏ What to do when the symbol appears
repeatedly
Avoid full-throttle acceleration and high speed
driving. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

347
 Fuses
Fuse Locations
If any electrical devices are not working, set 1. Open the + terminal cover.
ԏ Engine Compartment Fuse
the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) Box (Type A) 2. Remove the cover by pulling the tab as
and check to see if any applicable fuse is shown.
blown. Located near the + terminal on the battery. Replacement of engine compartment
Petrol models fuses should be done by a dealer.
There are two fuse boxes in the engine
Cover
compartment.
Handling the Unexpected

+ Terminal
Tab Cover

Diesel models

Cover

+ Terminal
Tab Cover

348
 uuFusesuFuse Locations

ԏ Circuit protected and fuse rating Diesel models

Petrol models

+ Terminal
+ Terminal

+ Terminal

Handling the Unexpected

+ Terminal

Circuit Protected Amps

Circuit Protected Amps a MAIN 100 A
a MAIN 100 A b MAIN 1 70 A
b RB MAIN 1 70 A c RB MAIN 2 80 A
c RB MAIN 2 80 A d EPS 70 A
d CAP MAIN 70 A e GLOW 60 A
f FFV 70 A

Continued 349
 uuFusesuFuse Locations

ԏ Circuit protected and fuse rating

ԏ Engine Compartment Fuse Circuit Protected Amps
Box (Type B) Circuit Protected Amps 16
Transmission Control
(10 A)
1 Wiper 30 A Unit *
Models with fuse number-stamped on the
cover 17 Back Up FI-ECU 10 A
2 − (20 A)
Located in the back of the engine 18 Horn 10 A
3 Hazard 10 A
compartment on the left side.
19 Front Fog Light * (10 A)
Push the tabs to open the box. 4 Stop 10 A
5 − − − 20 Front Fog Light * (15 A)
6 − − − 21 Back Up Main (15 A)
7 − − − 22 Back Up 10 A
Handling the Unexpected

8 IGP 15 A 23 Sub Fan (30 A)

9 IG Coil 15 A 24 ABS/VSA FSR 30 A
Fuse Box
10 DBW 15 A 25 IGP2 Sub 7.5 A
11 ABS/VSA MTR 40 A 26 IGPS (LAF) 10 A
Fuse locations are shown on the fuse box 12 Main Fan 30 A 27 − − −
cover. 13 ST Magnetic SW 30 A 28 − − −
Locate the fuse in question by the fuse 14 MG Clutch 7.5 A 29 − − −
number and box cover mark. 30 − (30 A)
15 Battery Sensor 7.5 A
31 Starter DIAG (7.5 A)
32 − − −
33 − − −

350 * Not available on all models

 uuFusesuFuse Locations

Models without fuse number-stamped on the

cover
Located in the back side of the engine
compartment on the left side.
Push the tabs to open the box.

Handling the Unexpected

Fuse Box

Fuse locations are shown on the image

below.
Locate the fuse in question by the fuse
number in the image and chart. Front

Continued 351
 uuFusesuFuse Locations

ԏ Circuit protected and fuse rating Circuit Protected Amps

Circuit Protected Amps 21 Back Up Main 15 A
1 Wiper 30 A 22 Back Up 10 A
2 − − 23 Sub Fan 30 A
3 Hazard 10 A 24 ABS/VSA FSR 30 A
4 Stop 10 A 25 IGP2 Sub*1 (7.5 A)
5 − − 26 IGPS (LAF)*1 (10 A)
6 LAF*2 (7.5 A) 27 − −
7 − − 28 − −
(15 A)*1 29 − −
8 IGP
Handling the Unexpected

(20 A)*2 30 − −
9 IG Coil*1 15 A 31 Starter DIAG (7.5 A)
10 DBW*1 15 A 32 − −
11 ABS/VSA MTR 40 A 33 − −
12 MAIN FAN 30 A
*1:Petrol models
13 ST Magnetic SW 30 A *2:Diesel models
14 MG Clutch 7.5 A
15 Battery Sensor 7.5 A
Transmission Control (10 A)*1
16
Unit (15 A)*2
17 Back Up FI-ECU 10 A
18 Horn 10 A
19 Front Fog Light * (10 A)
20 Front Fog Light * (15 A)

352 * Not available on all models

 uuFusesuFuse Locations

ԏ Circuit protected and fuse rating

ԏ Driver’s Side Interior Fuse Box Circuit Protected Amps
Models with interior fuse box label Circuit Protected Amps 16 Door Lock 20 A
Located under the dashboard. 1 Accessory 7.5 A Transmission Control
17 (10 A)
2 Accessory Key Lock 7.5 A Unit
Fuse Label
18 − (10 A)
3 − (10 A)
19 − (20 A)
4 − (7.5 A)
20 Starter Cut 7.5 A
5 Option 10 A
21 ACG (10 A)
6 Option2 10 A
Daytime Running
22 7.5 A

Handling the Unexpected

7 Meter 10 A Lights
8 Fuel Pump 15 A 23 − (10 A)
Fuse Box
9 A/C 10 A 24 Option 7.5 A
Fuse locations are shown on the label.
Locate the fuse in question by the fuse Rear Accessory 25 − (10 A)
10 (20 A)
Socket
number and label number. Right Side Door
11 Mon 5A 26 10 A
Unlock
12 Right Side Door Lock 10 A Rear Right Power
27 20 A
Window
13 Left Side Door Unlock 10 A
Driver’s Power
Rear Left Power 28 20 A
14 20 A Window
Window
Front Accessory
Front Passenger’s 29 20 A
15 20 A Socket
Power Window

Continued 353
 uuFusesuFuse Locations

Circuit Protected Amps

30 Smart (10 A)
31 − (15 A)
32 − (20 A)
33 − (20 A)
34 ABS/VSA 10 A
35 SRS 10 A
36 − (20 A)
Handling the Unexpected

37 IMG (10 A)
38 Left Side Door Lock 10 A
39 − (10 A)

354
 uuFusesuFuse Locations

Models without interior fuse box label

Located under the dashboard.

Up

Fuse Box

Handling the Unexpected

Fuse locations are shown on the image
below.
Locate the fuse in question by the fuse
number in the image and chart.

Continued 355
 uuFusesuFuse Locations

ԏ Circuit protected and fuse rating Circuit Protected Amps

Circuit Protected Amps 21 ACG 10 A
1 Accessory 7.5 A 22 Daytime Running Lights 7.5 A
2 Accessory Key Lock 7.5 A 23 − −
3 − − 24 Option 7.5 A
4 − − 25 Driver’s Door Lock * (10 A)
5 Option 10 A 26 Right Side Door Unlock 10 A
6 Option2 10 A Rear Right Power
27 20 A
7 Meter 10 A Window
8 Fuel Pump 15 A 28 Driver’s Power Window 20 A
29 Front Accessory Socket 20 A
Handling the Unexpected

9 A/C 10 A
10 Rear Accessory Socket (20 A) 30 Smart 10 A
11 Mon 5A 31 − −
12 Right Side Door Lock 10 A 32 − −
13 Left Side Door Unlock 10 A 33 − −
14 Rear Left Power Window 20 A 34 ABS/VSA 10 A
Front Passenger’s Power 35 SRS 10 A
15 20 A 36 − −
Window
16 Door Lock 20 A 37 IMG 10 A
Transmission Control 38 Left Side Door Lock 10 A
17 (10 A)
Unit 39 Driver’s Door Unlock * (10 A)
18 − −
19 Sunroof * (20 A)
20 Starter Cut 7.5 A

356 * Not available on all models

 uuFusesuFuse Locations

ԏ Circuit protected and fuse rating

ԏ Passenger’s Side Interior Fuse Circuit Protected Amps
Box A Circuit Protected Amps 16 − (10 A)
Models with interior fuse box label 1 Fuse Box Main1*1 60 A 17 − (10 A)
2 IG Main 30 A ACC Socket
18 (20 A)
3 IG Main 2 30 A (Console2) *
19 − −
4 Relay Module1 30 A
20 − −
5 Relay Module2 30 A
21 Washer 15 A
Fuse Box Fuse Label 6 Fuse Box Main2 40 A
22 − −

Handling the Unexpected

7 − (40 A)
23 − (15 A)
8 − −
Fuse locations are shown on the label. 24 − −
9 − (40 A)
Locate the fuse in question by the fuse 25 − −
number and label number. 10 DC/DC1 (30 A)
11 − − *1:Replacement of this fuses should be
done by a dealer.
12 Heater Motor 30 A
13 Rear Demister 30 A
14 SRS 10 A
15 − (10 A)

* Not available on all models Continued 357

 uuFusesuFuse Locations

Models without interior fuse box label

Located under the dashboard.
Up

Up

Fuse Box
Handling the Unexpected

Fuse locations are shown on the image

below.
Locate the fuse in question by the fuse
number in the image and chart.

358
 uuFusesuFuse Locations

ԏ Circuit protected and fuse rating Circuit Protected Amps

Circuit Protected Amps 16 − −
1 Fuse Box Main1*1 60 A 17 − −
2 IG Main 30 A 18 ACC Socket (Console2) * (20 A)
3 IG Main 2 30 A 19 − −
4 Relay Module1 30 A 20 − −
5 Relay Module2 30 A 21 Washer 15 A
6 Fuse Box Main2 40 A 22 − −
7 Fuse Box Option * (40 A) 23 − −
8 − − 24 − −

Handling the Unexpected

9 − − 25 − −
10 DC/DC1 (30 A)
*1:Replacement of this fuses should be
11 − − done by a dealer.
12 Heater Motor 30 A
(30 A) *
13 Rear Demister *
(40 A) *
14 SRS 10 A
15 − −

* Not available on all models Continued 359

 uuFusesuFuse Locations

Petrol models 2. Disengage the two tabs by pushing on ԏ Circuit protected and fuse rating
each side panel.
ԏ Passenger’s Side Interior Fuse Circuit Protected Amps
Box B 3. Pivot the glove box out of the way.
1 ACC Cut VST (7.5 A)
Located under the dashboard. 2 − −
1. Open the glove box. Fuse Box
3 VST IG1-1 (7.5 A)
4 Back Up 2 Main (15 A)
Handle

Tabs
Handling the Unexpected

Pull

Fuse locations are shown on the label.

Locate the fuse in question by the fuse
number and label number.

360
 uuFusesuInspecting and Changing Fuses

Inspecting and Changing Fuses

1. Set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF 1Inspecting and Changing Fuses
(LOCK). Turn headlights and all accessories NOTICE
off. Replacing a fuse with one that has a higher rating
2. Remove the fuse box cover. greatly increases the chances of damaging the
3. Check the large fuses in the engine electrical system.
Blown Fuse
compartment.
u If the fuse is blown, have it replace by a Replace fuse with a spare fuse of the same specified
amperage.
dealer.
Models with fuse label
Use the charts to locate the fuse in question and
4. Inspect the small fuses in the engine confirm the specified amperage on the fuse label.
Fuse Puller compartment and the vehicle interior. Models without fuse label

Handling the Unexpected

u If there is a blown fuse, remove it with Use the charts to locate the fuse in question and
the fuse puller and replace it with a new confirm the specified amperage.
one. 2 Fuse Locations P. 348, 350, 353
5. Inspect the small fuses in the vehicle
There is a fuse puller on the type B engine
interior. compartment fuse box cover.
u If there is a burned out fuse, remove it
with the fuse puller and replace it with a
new one.

361
 Emergency Towing

Call a professional towing service if you need to tow your vehicle. 1Emergency Towing
NOTICE
ԏ Flat bed equipment Trying to lift or tow your vehicle by the bumpers will
The operator loads your vehicle on the back of a truck. cause serious damage. The bumpers are not designed
This is the best way to transport your vehicle. to support the vehicle's weight.

ԏ Wheel lift equipment NOTICE

The tow truck uses two pivoting arms that go under the front tyres and lift them off Improper towing such as towing behind a
the ground. The rear tyres remain on the ground. This is an acceptable way to motorhome or other motor vehicle can damage the
transmission.
tow your vehicle.
Never tow your vehicle with just a rope or chain.
Handling the Unexpected

It is very dangerous since ropes or chains may shift

from side to side or break.

362
 Information
This chapter includes your vehicle's specifications, locations of identification numbers, and other
information required by regulation.

Specifications.................................... 364
Identification Numbers
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN),
Engine Number and Transmission
Number ......................................... 368
Devices that Emit Radio Waves * ..... 370
TCU Open Source Licence *
Free/Open Source Software Information ..371

* Not available on all models 363

 Specifications

ԏ Vehicle Specifications ԏ Fuel ԏ Battery

City*1 Petrol models Petrol models
Model
Ballade*2 Unleaded petrol, research octane number 27AH(5)30AH(20)*1
Curb Weight 1,107-1,217 kg*3 90 or higher*1 Capacity 28AH(5)35AH(20)*2
1,112-1,153 kg*4 Type Unleaded petrol, research octane number Diesel models
1,122-1,132 kg*5 91 or higher*2
Maximum Permissible 1,580 kg*6 38AH(5)47AH(20)
Diesel models *1: Except African models
Weight 1,650 kg*7
Automotive Diesel Fuel *2: African models
850 kg*6
Maximum Permissible Front Fuel Tank Capacity 40 L
920 kg*7
Axle Weight *1: Indonesian models ԏ Washer Fluid
Rear 735 kg
*2: Except Indonesian models
*1: Models with emblem of CITY Tank Capacity 1.8 L
*2: Models with emblem of BALLADE
*3: Indian, Bhutanese, Nepalese and Sri Lankan models
*4: African models
*5: Malaysian models
*6: Petrol models
*7: Diesel models

ԏ Engine Specifications
Type Water-cooled in-line 4-cylinder DOHC
73.0 x 89.5 mm*1
Bore x Stroke
76.0 x 82.5 mm*2
Displacement 1,498 cm3
Information

10.6 : 1*1
Compression Ratio
16.0 : 1*2
NGK DILZKAR7C11H
Spark Plugs*1
DENSO DXE22HCR11H
*1: Petrol models
*2: Diesel models

364
 uuSpecificationsu

ԏ Light Bulbs *1: Models with halogen headlights ԏ Air Conditioning

*2: Models with LED headlights
55 W (H7)*1 *3: Indian, Bhutanese, Nepalese and Sri Lankan models with Refrigerant Type HFC-134a (R-134a)
Headlights (Low Beam)
LED*2 halogen headlights 355 - 405 g*1
*4: African models with halogen headlights
Charge Quantity
60 W (HB3)*1 395 - 445 g*2
Headlights (High Beam) *5: EX models
LED*2 *6: Models with LED fog lights
*1: Diesel models
19 W (H16)*3, *4 *2: Petrol models
*7: VX and VX-D models
Fog Lights * 35 W (H8)*5 *8: V and V-D models
LED*6 *9: Latin American models ԏ Brake/Clutch * Fluid
*10:Malaysian, Bangladeshi, Brunei, Singaporean and Indonesian
21 W (Amber)*1 Specified Brake Fluid with DOT 3 or DOT 4
Front Turn Signal Lights models
LED*2 *11:ZX and ZX-D models
Position/Daytime Running Lights LED *12:African models
Side Turn Signal Lights *13:African models with sunroof ԏ Manual Transmission Fluid *
5 W (Amber) Specified Honda MTF
(on Front Fender) *
Side Turn Signal Lights 1.4 L*1
LED Capacity Change
(on Door Mirror) * 1.9 L*2
Brake Lights LED *1: Petrol models
Taillights/Rear Side Marker Lights LED *2: Diesel models
Taillights LED
Rear Turn Signal Lights 21 W (Amber) ԏ Continuously Variable Transmission
Back-Up Lights 16 W Fluid *
High-Mount Brake Light LED Specified Honda HCF-2
Rear Licence Plate Lights 5W Capacity Change 2.8 L
Interior Lights

Information
8W*7, *8, *9, *10
Front Map Lights
LED*11, *12
8W*7
Rear Map Lights *
LED*11, *13
Ambient Light * LED
8W*8, *9, *10
Ceiling Light *
LED*4
Centre Pocket Light LED
Boot Light 5W
Foot Lights * LED

* Not available on all models Continued 365

 uuSpecificationsu

ԏ Engine Oil ԏ Engine Coolant ԏ Tyre

Petrol models Specified Honda All Season Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2 185/60R15 84H
Honda Engine OIL #1.0 Ratio 50/50 with distilled water Size*1 185/55R16 83H
Honda Green OIL Petrol models Regular 185/55R16 87H
Honda Genuine Motor Oil 0W-16, 0W-20, See the label on driver’s
3.65 L*5 (change including the remaining Pressure
5W-30 doorjamb
Recommended 0.42 L in the reserve tank)
ACEA A5/B5, API service SM or higher 3.79 L*6 (change including the remaining T135/80D15 99M
Capacity*1, *2 Size*1
grade 0W-16, 0W-20, 5W-30 0.42 L in the reserve tank) Compact T135/80D15 100M
Diesel models Spare * See the label on driver’s
Diesel models Pressure
doorjamb
Honda Genuine Diesel Oil #2.0 3.95 L (change including the remaining Size 175/65R15 84T
ACEA C2/C3 0W-30, 5W-30 0.47 L in the reserve tank) Temporary
See the label on driver’s
3.1 L*1 3.53 L*5 (change including the remaining Spare * Pressure
Change doorjamb
4.0 L*2 0.42 L in the reserve tank)
Capacity Capacity*3, *4 185/55R16 83H
Change 3.67 L*6 (change including the remaining Size*1
3.3 L*1 185/55R16 87H
including 0.42 L in the reserve tank) Spare *
4.4 L*2 Same as the regular tyre.
filter *1: African models (Full-size tyre)
Pressure See the label on driver’s
*1: Petrol models *2: Indian, Bhutanese, Nepalese and Sri Lankan models
*2: Diesel models *3: Southeast Asian and Latin American models doorjamb.
*4: Bangladeshi models 15 x 6J*2
*5: Manual Transmission models Regular
16 x 6J*3
*6: Continuously Variable Transmission models
Wheel Size Compact Spare * 15 x 4T
Temporary Spare * 15 x 5 1/2J
Full-size Spare * 16 x 6J
Information

*1: Original tyre size is mentioned on the tyre information label on

the driver’s doorjamb.
*2: Models with 15 inch wheel
*3: Models with 16 inch wheel

Indian model only

The tyres fitted in the vehicles meet the requirement of the
BIS and they comply with the requirements under the
central motor vehicles rules (CMVR), 1989.

366 * Not available on all models

 uuSpecificationsu

ԏ Brake
Type Power assisted
Front Ventilated disc
Rear Drum
Parking Mechanical

ԏ Vehicle Dimensions
4,549 mm*1
Length
4,553 mm*2
Width 1,748 mm
1,467 mm*2
Height
1,489 mm*1
Wheelbase 2,600 mm
1,495 mm*2
Front
1,496 mm*1
Track
1,483 mm*2
Rear
1,484 mm*1
*1: Indian, Bhutanese, Nepalese and Sri Lankan models
*2: Malaysian models

Information
367
 Identification Numbers
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), Engine Number
and Transmission Number 1Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), Engine Number and
Your vehicle has a 17-digit vehicle identification number (VIN) used to register your Transmission Number
vehicle for warranty purposes, and for licensing and insuring your vehicle. The interior vehicle identification number (VIN) is
The locations of your vehicle's VIN, engine number and transmission number are located under the cover.
Southeast Asian and Latin American models
shown as follows.
Bangladeshi models
Petrol models
Continuously Variable Transmission models
Vehicle Identification Number

Engine Number

Continuously Variable
Transmission Number Cover

Vehicle Identification Certification Label*1, *2

Certification Plate*3 African models
Number *
Indian, Bhutanese, Nepalese and Sri Lankan models
Certification Plate/
Manual Transmission models Vehicle Identification Number*4, *5
Information

Engine Number

Manual Transmission
Number

*1 : Bangladeshi, Brunei, Singaporean and Indonesian models Cover

*2 : Latin American models
*3 : African models
*4 : Indian, Bhutanese, Nepalese and Sri Lankan models
*5 : Malaysian models

368 * Not available on all models

 uuIdentification NumbersuVehicle Identification Number (VIN), Engine Number and Transmission Number

Diesel models

Vehicle Identification Numbers

Engine Number

Manual Transmission
Number

Certification Plate/
Vehicle Identification Number

Information
369
 Devices that Emit Radio Waves *

The following products and systems on your vehicle emit radio waves when in
operation.
Keyless Access System *
FOB:

Zambian models

FOB:

Botswanan models

FOB:

Singaporean models
Information

370 * Not available on all models

 TCU Open Source Licence *
Free/Open Source Software Information
This product contains Free/Open Source Software(FOSS).
The licence information and/or the source code of such FOSS can be found at the
following URL.
https://www.denso.com/global/en/opensource/tcu/honda/

Information
* Not available on all models 371
 Index
Index
Numbers Using Automatic Climate Control ............ 194 Beverage Holders ..................................... 186
Air Conditioning System (Cooling Booster Seats (For Children) ...................... 82
7-Speed Manual Shift Mode .................... 217
System) .................................................... 191 Boot .......................................................... 146
Cooling ................................................... 192 Lid .......................................................... 146
A Defrosting the Windscreen and Light Bulb ............................................... 293
Windows............................................... 193 Brake System ............................................ 235
ABS (Anti-lock Brake System)................... 237
Dust and Pollen Filter............................... 307 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) .................. 237
Accessories and Modifications ................. 314
Air Pressure............................................... 366 Brake Assist System................................. 238
Accessory Power Sockets .......................... 189
Airbags........................................................ 44 Fluid ....................................................... 275
Adding
After a Collision ........................................ 47 Foot Brake .............................................. 236
Coolant ................................................... 271
Airbag Care............................................... 53 Indicator ........................................... 90, 343
Engine Oil................................................ 270
Event Data Recorder.................................... 1 Parking Brake.......................................... 235
Washer.................................................... 276
Front Airbags (SRS).................................... 46 Brightness Control (Instrument Panel) ... 168
Additives, Engine Oil ................ 266, 267, 268
Indicator.............................................. 52, 94 Bulb Replacement.................................... 280
Adjusting
Sensors ..................................................... 44 Back-Up Lights........................................ 288
Armrest ................................................... 182
Side Airbag ............................................... 49 Boot Light............................................... 293
Front Seats .............................................. 175
Side Curtain Airbag ................................... 51 Brake Lights ............................................ 286
Head Restraints........................................ 178
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) .................. 237 Ceiling Light ........................................... 291
Headlights ............................................... 164
Indicator.................................................... 94 Fog Lights ............................................... 283
Mirrors .................................................... 172
Armrest ..................................................... 182 Front Turn Signal Lights .......................... 282
Rear Seats................................................ 181
Auto Door Locking/Unlocking................. 139 Headlights .............................................. 280
Steering Wheel ........................................ 171
Average Fuel Economy .................... 107, 111 High-Mount Brake Light.......................... 290
Temperature............................................ 105
Average Speed ......................................... 113 Map Lights...................................... 291, 292
Agile Handling Assist................................ 230
Position/Daytime Running Lights ............. 282
Air Conditioning System (Climate Control
Rear Licence Plate Lights ......................... 289
System) .................................................... 194 B Rear Map Lights...................................... 292
Index

Changing the Mode ................................ 194

Battery ...................................................... 303 Rear Side Marker Lights .......................... 286
Defrosting the Windscreen and
Charging System Indicator................. 91, 342 Rear Turn Signal Lights............................ 286
Windows ............................................... 196
Jump Starting.......................................... 333 Side Turn Signal Lights ............................ 285
Dust and Pollen Filter ............................... 307
Maintenance (Checking the Battery)........ 303 Taillights ......................................... 286, 288
Recirculation/Fresh Air Mode ........... 194, 195
Belts (Seat) .................................................. 33 Bulb Specifications ................................... 365
Sensors.................................................... 197

372
C Clutch Fluid ............................................... 275 D
Coat Hook ................................................. 188
Carbon Monoxide Gas ............................... 84 Daytime Running Lights .......................... 165
Compact Spare Tyre ......................... 319, 366
Carrying Luggage ............................ 203, 204 Dead Battery............................................. 333
Console Compartment ............................. 185
Certification Label ................................... 368 Deflation Warning System....................... 231
Continuously Variable Transmission ....... 214
Changing Bulbs ........................................ 280 Defrosting the Windscreen and
Creeping ................................................. 214
Charging System Indicator ................ 91, 342 Windows ......................................... 193, 196
Fluid ........................................................ 274
Child Restraint System ............................... 54 Devices that Emit Radio Waves ............... 370
Kickdown ................................................ 214
Booster Seats ............................................ 82 Diesel................................................... 20, 247
Operating the Shift Lever ........... 18, 215, 216
Child Restraint System for Infants.............. 58 Fuel Economy and CO2 Emissions ............ 249
Shift Lever Does Not Move ...................... 337
Child Restraint System for Small Children.. 60 Information ............................................. 247
Shifting ................................................... 215
Installing a Child Restraint System with a Refueling................................................. 247
Controls ..................................................... 123
Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt ............................ 77 Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) .................. 277
Coolant (Engine)....................................... 271
Installing a Lower Anchorage-Compatible Dimming
Adding the Coolant ................................. 273
Child Restraint System............................. 73 Headlights............................................... 161
Checking the Coolant.............................. 271
Larger Children ......................................... 81 Dipstick (Engine Oil)................................. 268
High Temperature Indicator ....................... 94
Rearward Facing Child Restraint System .... 58 Directional Signals (Turn Signals)............ 160
Low Temperature Indicator ........................ 94
Selecting a Child Restraint System............. 61 Door Mirrors ............................................. 173
Overheating ............................................ 338
Using Tether ............................................. 79 Doors......................................................... 126
Cooling System ......................................... 191
Child Safety ................................................ 54 Auto Door Locking .................................. 139
Cooling ................................................... 192
Childproof Door Locks ............................ 138 Auto Door Unlocking .............................. 139
Defrosting the Windscreen and
Cleaning the Exterior............................... 311 Door/Boot Open Indicator ................... 31, 95
Windows ............................................... 193
Cleaning the Interior ............................... 309 Keys ........................................................ 126
Dust and Pollen Filter ............................... 307
Climate Control System ........................... 194 Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the
Creeping (Continuously Variable
Changing the Mode................................ 194 Inside .................................................... 135
Transmission) .......................................... 214
Defrosting the Windscreen and Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the
Cruise Control ........................................... 222

Index
Windows .............................................. 196 Outside ................................................. 128
Indicator .................................................... 98
Dust and Pollen Filter .............................. 307 Lockout Prevention System...................... 134
Cup Holders .............................................. 186
Recirculation/Fresh Air Mode........... 194, 195 Driver Information Interface ................... 108
Customizing the Auto Door Locking/
Sensors ................................................... 197 Driver’s Side Pocket.................................. 188
Unlocking Setting ................................... 140
Using Automatic Climate Control............ 194
Clock ......................................................... 124

373
 Driving....................................................... 201 Engine Oil ......................................... 266, 267 Fuel ..................................................... 20, 246
Braking.................................................... 235 Adding.................................................... 270 Fuel Economy and CO2 Emissions ............ 249
Continuously Variable Transmission ......... 214 Checking................................................. 268 Gauge .................................................... 104
Cruise Control ......................................... 222 Low Oil Pressure Indicator ................. 91, 340 Instant Fuel Economy ...................... 104, 111
Shifting Gear ................................... 215, 219 Recommended Engine Oil ............... 266, 267 Low Fuel Indicator..................................... 93
Starting the Engine .................................. 206 ENGINE START/STOP Button .................... 157 Range ............................................. 107, 111
Dust and Pollen Filter ............................... 307 EPS (Electric Power Steering) System ........ 96 Recommendation............................ 246, 247
Exhaust Hazard (Carbon Monoxide) ......... 84 Refueling ........................................ 246, 247
Exterior Care (Cleaning)........................... 311 Fuel Economy and CO2 Emissions............ 249
E Exterior Mirrors ........................................ 173 Fuel Fill Cap ........................................ 20, 248
Eco Assist System .......................................... 9 Fuel Fill Door ...................................... 20, 248
ECON Mode............................................... 221 Fuses ......................................................... 348
Elapsed Time ............................................. 113 F Inspecting and Changing ........................ 361
Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Features .................................................... 199 Locations ................ 348, 350, 353, 357, 360
Indicator ............................................ 96, 344 Filter
Emergency................................................. 362 Dust and Pollen ....................................... 307
Emergency Stop Signal............................. 239 Flat Tyre .................................................... 319 G
Engine Fluids Gauges...................................................... 104
Coolant ................................................... 271 Brake ...................................................... 275 Gear Shift Lever Positions
Jump Starting .......................................... 333 Clutch ..................................................... 275 Continuously Variable Transmission ........ 215
Number ................................................... 368 Continuously Variable Transmission......... 274 Manual Transmission .............................. 219
Oil ................................................... 266, 267 Engine Coolant ....................................... 271 Glass (care) ....................................... 310, 312
Starting ................................................... 206 Manual Transmission............................... 274 Glove Box ................................................. 185
Switch Buzzer .......................................... 157 Windscreen Washer ................................ 276 G-Meter .................................................... 114
Engine Coolant ......................................... 271 Fog Light Indicator..................................... 96
Adding the Coolant ................................. 273 Folding Down the Rear Seats .................. 181
Index

Checking the Coolant.............................. 271 Foot Brake ................................................ 236

H
High Temperature Indicator ....................... 94 Front Airbags (SRS)..................................... 46 Halogen Bulbs .......................... 280, 281, 283
Low Temperature Indicator ........................ 94 Front Seats ................................................ 176 Hazard Warning Button .............................. 4
Overheating............................................. 338 Adjusting ................................................ 176 Head Restraints ........................................ 178

374
Headlights ................................................ 161 Immobilizer System.................................... 97 Information Display ................................. 106
Adjuster.................................................. 164 KEY BATT ................................................ 103 Instant Fuel Economy....................... 104, 111
Aiming.................................................... 280 Keyless Access System ............................... 98 Instrument Panel ........................................ 87
Dimming................................................. 161 Light Control ............................................. 97 Brightness Control................................... 168
Operating ............................................... 161 Lights On................................................... 96 Interior Lights ........................................... 183
High-Beam Indicator.................................. 96 Low Fuel.................................................... 93 Interior Rearview Mirror.......................... 172
Low Oil Pressure ........................................ 91
Low Temperature ...................................... 94
I Low Tyre Pressure/Deflation Warning
J
Identification Numbers............................ 368 System................................................... 100 Jack (Wheel Nut Wrench) ........................ 323
Engine and Transmission......................... 368 M (7-speed manual shift mode) Indicator/ Jump Starting ........................................... 333
Vehicle Identification............................... 368 Shift ........................................................ 92
Illumination Control Malfunction Indicator Lamp ....................... 91
Knob ...................................................... 168 NO KEY ................................................... 103
K
Immobilizer System.................................. 149 Parking Brake and Brake System ................ 90 Key Number Tag....................................... 127
Indicator ................................................... 97 PGM-FI Indicator...................................... 102 Keys ........................................................... 126
Indicators.................................................... 88 Rear Seat Belt Reminder Indicators............. 93 Lockout Prevention.................................. 134
ABS (Anti-lock Brake System) .................... 94 Rotate Wheel ............................................ 99 Number Tag ............................................ 127
Brake System Indicator.............................. 90 Seat Belt Reminder .................................... 93 Rear Door Won’t Open............................ 138
Charging System....................................... 91 Security System Alarm ............................... 97 Remote Transmitter................................. 128
CRUISE CONTROL ............................. 98, 224 Shift Position ............................................. 92 Types and Functions ................................ 126
CRUISE MAIN............................ 98, 222, 224 Shift to Park .............................................. 99 Kickdown (Continuously Variable
Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Indicator ..... 101 Speed Alarm Indicator ............................. 101 Transmission) .......................................... 214
Door and Boot Open................................. 95 Starter System ........................................... 99
ECO.......................................................... 98 Supplemental Restraint System .................. 94
ECON Mode ............................................. 98
L
System Message Indicator........................ 101

Index
Electric Power Steering (EPS) System ......... 96 Transmission System .................................. 92 Light Switches........................................... 161
Fog Light .................................................. 96 Turn Signal ................................................ 96
Glow Plugs Indicator ............................... 102 Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA) System........... 95
High Temperature..................................... 94 VSA OFF ............................................ 95, 229
High-Beam................................................ 96 Water in Fuel Indicator ............................ 102

375
 Lights ................................................. 161, 280 Cleaning ................................................. 309 O
Bulb Replacement.................................... 280 Climate Control....................................... 307
Odometer ......................................... 105, 107
Daytime Running Lights ........................... 165 Coolant................................................... 271
Oil (Engine) ...................................... 266, 267
Fog Lights................................................ 163 Cooling System ....................................... 307
Adding ................................................... 270
High-Beam Indicator Light ......................... 96 Oil........................................................... 268
Checking ................................................ 268
Interior .................................................... 183 Precautions ............................................. 252
Low Oil Pressure Indicator ........... 90, 91, 340
Lights On Indicator .................................... 96 Radiator .................................................. 273
Recommended Engine Oil ............... 266, 267
Turn Signals............................................. 160 Remote Transmitter................................. 306
Viscosity.......................................... 266, 267
Load Limits ................................................ 204 Replacing Light Bulbs .............................. 280
Opening/Closing
Locking/Unlocking .................................... 126 Safety...................................................... 253
Bonnet.................................................... 265
Auto Door Locking/Unlocking .................. 139 Transmission Fluid ................................... 274
Boot ....................................................... 146
Childproof Door Locks ............................. 138 Tyres ....................................................... 296
Power Windows...................................... 151
From Inside.............................................. 135 Under the Bonnet.................................... 263
Sunroof .................................................. 155
From Outside........................................... 128 Malfunction Indicator Lamp.............. 91, 343
Outside Temperature .............................. 105
Keys ........................................................ 126 Manual Transmission ............................... 219
Adjusting ................................................ 105
Using a Key ............................................. 133 Fluid........................................................ 274
Overheating ............................................. 338
Lockout Prevention System...................... 134 Shifting ................................................... 219
Low Battery Charge.................................. 342 Map Lights ................................................ 184
Low Fuel Indicator ...................................... 93 Maximum Permissible Weight................. 204 P
Low Oil Pressure Indicator ................. 91, 340 Meters, Gauges......................................... 104
Parking Brake ........................................... 235
Low Tyre Pressure/Deflation Mirrors ...................................................... 172
Parking Brake and Brake System
Warning System Indicator .............. 100, 345 Adjusting ................................................ 172
Indicator ........................................... 90, 343
Lower Anchorages...................................... 73 Door ....................................................... 173
Parking Sensor System ............................. 242
Lubricant Specifications Chart ................. 366 Exterior ................................................... 173
Passing Indicators..................................... 161
Luggage (Load Limit) ............................... 204 Interior Rear View.................................... 172
Petrol .................................................. 20, 246
Modifications (and Accessories) .............. 314
Index

Fuel Economy and CO2 Emissions ............ 249

M Gauge .................................................... 104

Maintenance ............................................. 251 N Information............................................. 246

Instant Fuel Economy ...................... 104, 111
Battery..................................................... 303 Numbers (Identification).......................... 368
Low Fuel Indicator..................................... 93
Brake Fluid............................................... 275
Refueling ................................................ 246

376
PGM-FI Indicators............................. 102, 346 Safety Check ............................................... 31 Spark Plugs ............................................... 364
PGM-FI Symbol ......................................... 347 Safety Labels ............................................... 85 Specifications............................................ 364
Precautions While Driving....................... 213 Safety Message ............................................. 0 Specified Fuel ........................................... 246
Rain ........................................................ 213 Seat Belts..................................................... 33 Speedometer ............................................ 104
Pregnant Women....................................... 41 Checking ................................................... 42 SRS Airbags (Airbags)................................. 46
Puncture (Tyre)......................................... 319 Fastening................................................... 39 Starting the Engine .................................. 206
Installing a Child Restraint System with a Does Not Start......................................... 329
Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt ............................. 77 Engine Switch Buzzer .............................. 157
R Pregnant Women ...................................... 41 Jump Starting.......................................... 333
Radiator.................................................... 273 Reminder................................................... 36 Steering Wheel......................................... 171
Rear Demister Button .............................. 170 Warning Indicator................................ 36, 93 Adjusting ................................................ 171
Rear Seats (Folding Down) ...................... 181 Seats .......................................................... 175 Stopping ................................................... 240
Rear Sunshade.......................................... 190 Adjusting................................................. 175 Sunroof ..................................................... 155
Refueling .................................................. 246 Front Seats .............................................. 176 Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)........ 46
Diesel.............................................. 247, 364 Rear Seats ............................................... 181 Switches (Around the Steering
Fuel Gauge ............................................. 104 Security System ......................................... 149 Wheel)............................................. 4, 5, 157
Low Fuel Indicator..................................... 93 Immobilizer System Indicator ..................... 97
Petrol.............................................. 246, 364 Security System Alarm Indicator ................. 97
Remote Engine Start................................ 209 Select Lever ....................................... 215, 219
T
Remote Transmitter................................. 128 Selecting a Child Restraint System ............ 61 Tachometer............................................... 104
Replacement Setting the Clock ...................................... 124 Temperature
Battery.................................................... 303 Settings ..................................................... 116 High Temperature Indicator....................... 94
Bulbs ...................................................... 280 Shift Lever ......................................... 215, 219 Low Temperature Indicator........................ 94
Fuses ...................... 348, 350, 353, 357, 360 Operation ........................................ 215, 219 Outside Temperature Display................... 105
Tyres....................................................... 319 Releasing ................................................. 337 Temperature Sensor......................... 105, 197
Wiper Blade Rubber ................................ 294 Shift Lever Position Indicator .................... 216 Time (Setting) ........................................... 124

Index
Resetting a Trip Meter..................... 107, 111 Won’t Move ............................................ 337 Tools.......................................................... 318
Shifting (Transmission) ..................... 215, 219 Towing a Trailer ....................................... 205
Side Airbags ................................................ 49 Towing Your Vehicle
S Side Curtain Airbag .................................... 51 Emergency .............................................. 362
Safe Driving................................................ 27 Spare Tyre ......................................... 319, 366

377
 Transmission...................................... 215, 219 Wear Indicators ....................................... 298 Windows (Opening and Closing) ............ 151
Continuously Variable Transmission ......... 215 Winter..................................................... 301 Windscreen
Fluid ........................................................ 274 Cleaning ......................................... 310, 312
Gear Position Indicator............................... 92 Defrosting/Defogging ..................... 193, 196
Manual.................................................... 219
U Washer Fluid........................................... 276
Number ................................................... 368 Unlocking the Doors ................................ 128 Wiper Blades........................................... 294
Shift Lever Position Indicator .................... 216 Unlocking the Driver’s Doors from the Wipers and Washers ............................... 166
Trip Meter ......................................... 107, 111 Inside ....................................................... 135 Winter Tyres ............................................. 301
TRIP/CLOCK Button................................... 106 Utility Pocket ............................................ 188 Tyre Chains............................................. 301
Troubleshooting ....................................... 317 Wipers and Washers ................................ 166
Blown Fuse .............................. 348, 350, 353 Checking and Replacing Wiper Blades..... 294
Brake Pedal Vibrates .................................. 23
V Worn Tyres ............................................... 296
Buzzer Sounds When Opening Door .......... 25 Vanity Mirrors............................................... 7
Emergency Towing .................................. 362 Vehicle Identification Numbers............... 368
Engine Won’t Start .................................. 329 Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA) ................... 228
Noise When Braking .................................. 25 Off Button............................................... 229
Overheating............................................. 338 OFF Indicator............................................. 95
Puncture/Flat Tyre .................................... 319 System Indicator........................................ 95
Rear Door Won’t Open .............................. 24 Ventilation........................................ 191, 194
Shift Lever Won’t Move ........................... 337 Viscosity (Oil) ............................ 266, 267, 366
Warning Indicators .................................... 88 VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist) ................... 228
Turn signals ............................................... 160
Indicators (Instrument Panel)...................... 96
W
Tyres .......................................................... 296
Air Pressure ............................................. 366 Warning Indicator On/Blinking ............... 340
Checking and Maintaining....................... 296 Warning Labels........................................... 85
Index

Inspection................................................ 297 Watts......................................................... 365

Puncture (Flat Tyre) .................................. 319 Wear Indicators (Tyre).............................. 298
Rotation .................................................. 300 Wheel Nut Wrench (Jack Handle) ........... 323
Spare Tyre ....................................... 319, 366 Window Washers
Tyre Chains.............................................. 301 Adding/Refilling Fluid .............................. 276
Switch..................................................... 166
378